Goto Section: 47cfr80.pdf.21 | 47cfr80.pdf.23 | Table of Contents

FCC 47cfr80.pdf.22
Revised as of October 1, 2007
Goto Year:2006 | 2008
  
   Skip to content. Skip to side navigation. Quick Navigation:
     * Resources by Topic
     * Business & Economy
     * Education
     * Environment
     * Food & Drugs
     * Grants & Awards
     * Health & Safety
     * Military & Security
     * Science & Technology
     * Social Programs
     * Transportation

   Skip to content. Skip to side navigation. 
   GPO Access Home Page. 

                                                        Quick Navigation:

   [Resources by Topic..] Jump to selected topic. 

                                                             Site Search:
                                                                 advanced

                                       ____________________ Submit Search

   Navigation Bar

             National Archives and Records Administration logo.

                             Database Features.

                                     •

   Browse

                                     •

   Simple Search 

                                     •

   Advanced Search

   * Boolean
                                 * Proximity
   • Search History
   • Search Tips

                                     •

   Corrections

                                     •

   Latest Updates
   • User Info
   • FAQs

                                     •

   Agency List

                                     •

   e-CFR Main Page

                             Related Resources

                                     •

   Code of Federal Regulations

                                     •

   Federal Register

                                     •

   List of CFR
   Sections Affected

                                     •

   Regulations.gov

                                     •

   Unified Agenda

                                     •

   All NARA Publications
   About Government.
   Ben's Guide Logo. 
   Ben's Guide
   to U.S.
   Government

                             Get Adobe Reader 

   Home Page > Executive Branch > Code of Federal Regulations > Electronic Code
   of Federal Regulations

                                 blue pill
                e-CFR Data is current as of October 1, 2007

   Title 47: Telecommunication

   Browse Previous | Browse Next

PART 22—PUBLIC MOBILE SERVICES
   ___________________________________

   Section Contents
   
                       Subpart A—Scope and Authority

   § 22.1   Basis and purpose.
   § 22.3   Authorization required.
   § 22.5   Citizenship.
   § 22.7   General eligibility.
   § 22.99   Definitions.
   
              Subpart B—Licensing Requirements and Procedures

   Applications and Notifications
   § 22.107   General application requirements.
   § 22.131   Procedures for mutually exclusive applications.
   § 22.143   Construction prior to grant of application.
   § 22.150   Standard pre-filing technical coordination procedure.
   § 22.165   Additional transmitters for existing systems.
   § 22.169   International coordination of channel assignments.
   Competitive Bidding Procedures
   § 22.201   Paging geographic area authorizations are subject to competitive
   bidding.
   §§ 22.203-22.211   [Reserved]
   § 22.213   Filing of long-form applications.
   § 22.215   [Reserved]
   § 22.217   Bidding credit for small businesses.
   § 22.221   Eligibility for partitioned licenses.
   § 22.223   Designated entities.
   § 22.225   Certifications,   disclosures,   records  maintenance,  and
   definitions.
   § 22.227   Petitions to deny and limitations on settlements.
   § 22.228   Cellular rural service area licenses subject to competitive
   bidding.
   § 22.229   Designated entities.
   
              Subpart C—Operational and Technical Requirements

   Operational Requirements
   § 22.301   Station inspection.
   § 22.303   Retention of station authorizations; identifying transmitters.
   § 22.305   Operator and maintenance requirements.
   § 22.307   Operation during emergency.
   § 22.313   Station identification.
   § 22.317   Discontinuance of station operation.
   § 22.321   Equal employment opportunities.
   § 22.325   Control points.
   Technical Requirements
   § 22.351   Channel assignment policy.
   § 22.352   Protection from interference.
   § 22.353   Blanketing interference.
   § 22.355   Frequency tolerance.
   § 22.357   Emission types.
   § 22.359   Emission limitations.
   § 22.365   Antenna structures; air navigation safety.
   § 22.371   Disturbance of AM broadcast station antenna patterns.
   § 22.377   Certification of transmitters.
   § 22.383   In-building radiation systems.
   
                   Subpart D—Developmental Authorizations

   § 22.401   Description and purposes of developmental authorizations.
   § 22.403   General limitations.
   § 22.409   Developmental authorization for a new Public Mobile Service or
   technology.
   § 22.413   Developmental authorization of 72–76 MHz fixed transmitters.
   
                Subpart E—Paging and Radiotelephone Service

   § 22.501   Scope.
   § 22.503   Paging geographic area authorizations.
   § 22.507   Number of transmitters per station.
   § 22.509   Procedures for mutually exclusive applications in the Paging and
   Radiotelephone Service.
   § 22.511   Construction period for the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.
   § 22.513   Partitioning and disaggregation.
   § 22.515   Permissible communications paths.
   § 22.527   Signal boosters.
   § 22.529   Application  requirements for the Paging and Radiotelephone
   Service.
   Paging Operation
   § 22.531   Channels for paging operation.
   § 22.535   Effective radiated power limits.
   § 22.537   Technical channel assignment criteria.
   § 22.559   Paging application requirements.
   One-way or Two-way Mobile Operation
   § 22.561   Channels for one-way or two-way mobile operation.
   § 22.565   Transmitting power limits.
   § 22.567   Technical channel assignment criteria.
   § 22.571   Responsibility for mobile stations.
   § 22.573   Use of base transmitters as repeaters.
   § 22.575   Use of mobile channel for remote control of station functions.
   § 22.579   Operation of mobile transmitters across U.S.-Canada border.
   § 22.589   One-way or two-way application requirements.
   Point-to-Point Operation
   § 22.591   Channels for point-to-point operation.
   § 22.593   Effective radiated power limits.
   § 22.599   Assignment of 72–76 MHz channels.
   § 22.601   Existing microwave stations licensed under this part.
   § 22.602   Transition  of  the 2110–2130 and 2160–2180 MHz channels to
   emerging technologies.
   § 22.603   488–494 MHz fixed service in Hawaii.
   Point-to-Multipoint Operation
   § 22.621   Channels for point-to-multipoint operation.
   § 22.623   System configuration.
   § 22.625   Transmitter locations.
   § 22.627   Effective radiated power limits.
   470–512 MHz Trunked Mobile Operation
   § 22.651   470–512 MHz channels for trunked mobile operation.
   § 22.653   Eligibility.
   § 22.657   Transmitter locations.
   § 22.659   Effective radiated power limits.
   
                   Subpart F—Rural Radiotelephone Service

   § 22.701   Scope.
   § 22.702   Eligibility.
   § 22.703   Separate rural subscriber station authorization not required.
   § 22.705   Rural radiotelephone system configuration.
   § 22.709   Rural radiotelephone service application requirements.
   § 22.711   Provision of information to applicants.
   § 22.713   Construction period for rural radiotelephone stations.
   § 22.715   Technical channel assignment criteria for rural radiotelephone
   stations.
   § 22.717   Procedure  for mutually exclusive applications in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service.
   § 22.719   Additional channel policy for rural radiotelephone stations.
   Conventional Rural Radiotelephone Stations
   § 22.721   Geographic area authorizations.
   § 22.723   Secondary site-by-site authorizations.
   § 22.725   Channels for conventional rural radiotelephone stations and basic
   exchange telephone radio systems.
   § 22.727   Power limits for conventional rural radiotelephone transmitters.
   § 22.731   Emission limitations.
   § 22.733   Priority of service.
   § 22.737   Temporary fixed stations.
   Basic Exchange Telephone Radio Systems
   § 22.757   Channels for basic exchange telephone radio systems.
   § 22.759   Power limit for BETRS.
   
                Subpart G—Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service

   § 22.801   Scope.
   General Aviation Air-Ground Stations
   § 22.805   Channels for general aviation air-ground service.
   § 22.807   General aviation air-ground application requirements.
   § 22.809   Transmitting power limits.
   § 22.813   Technical channel pair assignment criteria.
   § 22.815   Construction period for general aviation ground stations.
   § 22.817   Additional channel policies.
   Commercial Aviation Air-Ground Systems
   § 22.853   Eligibility to hold interest in licenses limited to 3 MHz of
   spectrum.
   § 22.857   Channel plan for commercial aviation air-ground systems.
   § 22.859   Incumbent commercial aviation air-ground systems.
   § 22.861   Emission limitations.
   § 22.863   Frequency stability.
   § 22.867   Effective radiated power limits.
   § 22.873   Construction requirements for commercial aviation air-ground
   systems.
   § 22.877   Unacceptable  interference  to Part 90 non-cellular 800 MHz
   licensees from commercial aviation air-ground systems.
   § 22.878   Obligation to abate unacceptable interference.
   § 22.879   Interference resolution procedures.
   § 22.880   Information exchange.
   § 22.881   Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service subject to competitive bidding.
   § 22.882   Designated entities.
   
                 Subpart H—Cellular Radiotelephone Service

   § 22.900   Scope.
   § 22.901   Cellular service requirements and limitations.
   § 22.905   Channels for cellular service.
   § 22.907   Coordination of channel usage.
   § 22.909   Cellular markets.
   § 22.911   Cellular geographic service area.
   § 22.912   Service area boundary extensions.
   § 22.913   Effective radiated power limits.
   § 22.917   Emission limitations for cellular equipment.
   § 22.921   911 call processing procedures; 911-only calling mode.
   § 22.923   Cellular system configuration.
   § 22.925   Prohibition on airborne operation of cellular telephones.
   § 22.927   Responsibility for mobile stations.
   § 22.929   Application requirements for the Cellular Radiotelephone Service.
   § 22.935   Procedures for comparative renewal proceedings.
   § 22.936   Dismissal of applications in cellular renewal proceedings.
   § 22.939   Site availability requirements for applications competing with
   cellular renewal applications.
   § 22.940   Criteria for comparative cellular renewal proceedings.
   § 22.943   Limitations  on  transfer  of  control  and  assignment for
   authorizations issued as a result of a comparative renewal proceeding.
   § 22.946   Service commencement and construction systems.
   § 22.947   Five year build-out period.
   § 22.948   Partitioning and Disaggregation.
   § 22.949   Unserved area licensing process.
   § 22.950   Provision of service in the Gulf of Mexico Service Area (GMSA)
   § 22.951   Minimum coverage requirement.
   § 22.953   Content and form of applications.
   § 22.955   Canadian condition.
   § 22.957   Mexican condition.
   § 22.959   Rules governing processing of applications for initial systems.
   § 22.960   Cellular  unserved  area radiotelephone licenses subject to
   competitive bidding.
   §§ 22.961-22.967   [Reserved]
   § 22.969   Cellular RSA licenses subject to competitive bidding.
   § 22.970   Unacceptable  interference  to part 90 non-cellular 800 MHz
   licensees from cellular radiotelephone or part 90–800 MHz cellular systems.
   § 22.971   Obligation to abate unacceptable interference.
   § 22.972   Interference resolution procedures.
   § 22.973   Information exchange.
   
                 Subpart I—Offshore Radiotelephone Service

   § 22.1001   Scope.
   § 22.1003   Eligibility.
   § 22.1005   Priority of service.
   § 22.1007   Channels for offshore radiotelephone systems.
   § 22.1009   Transmitter locations.
   § 22.1011   Antenna height limitations.
   § 22.1013   Effective radiated power limitations.
   § 22.1015   Repeater operation.
   § 22.1025   Permissible communications.
   § 22.1031   Temporary fixed stations.
   § 22.1035   Construction period.
   § 22.1037   Application requirements for offshore stations.
   ___________________________________

   Authority:   47 U.S.C. 154, 222, 303, 309, and 332.

   Source:    59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart A—Scope and Authority

   top

§ 22.1   Basis and purpose.

   top

   This section contains a concise general statement of the basis and purpose
   of the rules in this part, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(c).

   (a) Basis. These rules are issued pursuant to the Communications Act of
   1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151 et. seq. 

   (b) Purpose. The purpose of these rules is to establish the requirements and
   conditions under which radio stations may be licensed and used in the Public
   Mobile Services.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  70 FR 19307 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.3   Authorization required.

   top

   Stations in the Public Mobile Services must be used and operated only in
   accordance  with the rules in this part and with a valid authorization
   granted by the FCC under the provisions of this part.

   (a) The holding of an authorization does not create any rights beyond the
   terms, conditions and period specified in the authorization. Authorizations
   may be granted upon proper application, provided that the FCC finds that the
   applicant is qualified in regard to citizenship, character, financial,
   technical and other criteria, and that the public interest, convenience and
   necessity will be served. See 47 U.S.C. 301, 308, and 309.

   (b) Authority for subscribers to operate mobile or fixed stations in the
   Public  Mobile  Services,  except  for  certain  stations in the Rural
   Radiotelephone  Service,  is included in the authorization held by the
   licensee providing service to them. Subscribers are not required to apply
   for,  and  the  FCC does not accept applications from subscribers for,
   individual mobile or fixed station authorizations in the Public Mobile
   Services, except that individual authorizations are required to operate
   rural subscriber stations in the Rural Radiotelephone Service under certain
   circumstances. See §22.703.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  70 FR 19307 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.5   Citizenship.

   top

   The rules in this section implement section 310 of the Communications Act of
   1934, as amended (47 U.S.C. §310), in regard to the citizenship of licensees
   in the Public Mobile Services.

   (a) Foreign governments. The FCC will not grant an authorization in the
   Public Mobile Services to any foreign government or any representative
   thereof.

   (b) Alien ownership or control. The FCC will not grant an authorization in
   the Public Mobile Services to:

   (1) Any alien or the representative of any alien;

   (2) Any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign government;

   (3) Any corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock is
   owned of record or voted by aliens or their representatives or by a foreign
   government or representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under
   the laws of a foreign country;

   (4)  Any  corporation  directly  or indirectly controlled by any other
   corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned of
   record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign government
   or representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under the laws of
   a foreign country, if the FCC finds that the public interest will be served
   by the refusal or revocation of such license.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  61 FR 55580 , Oct. 28, 1996]

§ 22.7   General eligibility.

   top

   Any entity, other than those precluded by section 310 of the Communications
   Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 310, is eligible to hold a license under
   this  part. Applications are granted only if the applicant is legally,
   financially, technically and otherwise qualified to render the proposed
   service.

   [ 70 FR 19307 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.99   Definitions.

   top

   Terms used in this part have the following meanings:

   Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service. A radio service in which licensees are
   authorized to offer and provide radio telecommunications service for hire to
   subscribers in aircraft.

   Airborne station. A mobile station in the Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service
   authorized for use on aircraft while in flight or on the ground.

   Antenna structure. A structure comprising an antenna, the tower or other
   structure  that exists solely to support antennas, and any surmounting
   appurtenances (attachments such as beacons or lightning rods).

   Antenna.  A  device that converts radio frequency electrical energy to
   radiated electromagnetic energy and vice versa; in a transmitting station,
   the device from which radio waves are emitted.

   Authorized bandwidth. The necessary or occupied bandwidth of an emission,
   whichever is more.

   Authorized  spectrum.  The  spectral  width  of  that  portion  of the
   electromagnetic spectrum within which the emission power of the authorized
   transmitter(s) must be contained, in accordance with the rules in this part.
   The authorized spectrum comprises one channel bandwidth or the bandwidths of
   two or more contiguous channels.

   Auxiliary test transmitter. A fixed transmitter used to test Public Mobile
   systems.

   Base   transmitter.  A  stationary  transmitter  that  provides  radio
   telecommunications service to mobile and/or fixed receivers, including those
   associated with mobile stations.

   Blanketing interference. Disturbance in consumer receivers located in the
   immediate vicinity of a transmitter, caused by currents directly induced
   into the consumer receiver's circuitry by the relatively high field strength
   of the transmitter.

   Build-out transmitters. In the Cellular Radiotelephone Service, transmitters
   added  to the first cellular system authorized on a channel block in a
   cellular market during the five year build-out period in order to expand the
   coverage of the system within the market.

   Cardinal radials. Eight imaginary straight lines extending radially on the
   ground from an antenna location in the following azimuths with respect to
   true North: 0°, 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°, 225°, 270°, 315°.

   Carrier frequency. The frequency of the unmodulated electrical wave at the
   output of an amplitude modulated (AM), frequency modulated (FM) or phase
   modulated (PM) transmitter.

   Cell . The service area of an individual transmitter location in a cellular
   system.

   Cellular Geographic Service Area. The geographic area served by a cellular
   system, within which that system is entitled to protection and adverse
   effects are recognized, for the purpose of determining whether a petitioner
   has standing. See §22.911.

   Cellular  markets.  Standard  geographic  areas  used  by  the FCC for
   administrative  convenience  in the licensing of cellular systems. See
   §22.909.

   Cellular Radiotelephone Service. A radio service in which licensees are
   authorized to offer and provide cellular service for hire to the general
   public. This service was formerly titled Domestic Public Cellular Radio
   Telecommunications Service.

   Cellular repeater. In the Cellular Radiotelephone Service, a stationary
   transmitter or device that automatically re-radiates the transmissions of
   base  transmitters  at  a  particular  cell  site  and mobile stations
   communicating  with  those  base transmitters, with or without channel
   translation.

   Cellular service. Radio telecommunication services provided using a cellular
   system.

   Cellular  system.  An  automated  high-capacity  system of one or more
   multichannel base stations designed to provide radio telecommunication
   services to mobile stations over a wide area in a spectrally efficient
   manner. Cellular systems employ techniques such as low transmitting power
   and automatic hand-off between base stations of communications in progress
   to enable channels to be reused at relatively short distances. Cellular
   systems  may also employ digital techniques such as voice encoding and
   decoding, data compression, error correction, and time or code division
   multiple access in order to increase system capacity.

   Center frequency. The frequency of the middle of the bandwidth of a channel.

   Central office transmitter. A fixed transmitter in the Rural Radiotelephone
   Service that provides service to rural subscriber stations.

   CGSA. See Cellular Geographic Service Area. 

   Channel. The portion of the electromagnetic spectrum assigned by the FCC for
   one emission. In certain circumstances, however, more than one emission may
   be transmitted on a channel.

   Channel bandwidth. The spectral width of a channel, as specified in this
   part, within which 99% of the emission power must be contained.

   Channel  block.  A  group  of channels that are assigned together, not
   individually.

   Channel pair. Two channels that are assigned together, not individually. In
   this part, channel pairs are indicated by an ellipsis between the center
   frequencies.

   Communications  channel. In the Cellular Radiotelephone and Air-Ground
   Radiotelephone Services, a channel used to carry subscriber communications.

   Construction  period.  The  period  between  the  date  of grant of an
   authorization and the date of required commencement of service.

   Control channel. In the Cellular Radiotelephone Service and the Air-Ground
   Radiotelephone Service, a channel used to transmit information necessary to
   establish or maintain communications. In the other Public Mobile Services, a
   channel that may be assigned to a control transmitter.

   Control point. A location where the operation of a public mobile station is
   supervised and controlled by the licensee of that station.

   Control transmitter. A fixed transmitter in the Public Mobile Services that
   transmits control signals to one or more base or fixed stations for the
   purpose of controlling the operation of the base or fixed stations, and/or
   transmits subscriber communications to one or more base or fixed stations
   that retransmit them to subscribers.

   Dead spots. Small areas within a service area where the field strength is
   lower than the minimum level for reliable service. Service within dead spots
   is presumed.

   Dispatch service. A radiotelephone service comprising communications between
   a dispatcher and one or more mobile units. These communications normally do
   not exceed one minute in duration and are transmitted directly through a
   base station, without passing through mobile telephone switching facilities.

   Effective  radiated  power  (ERP).  The  effective radiated power of a
   transmitter (with antenna, transmission line, duplexers etc.) is the power
   that would be necessary at the input terminals of a reference half-wave
   dipole antenna in order to produce the same maximum field intensity. ERP is
   usually calculated by multiplying the measured transmitter output power by
   the specified antenna system gain, relative to a half-wave dipole, in the
   direction of interest.

   Emission. The electromagnetic energy radiated from an antenna.

   Emission designator. An internationally accepted symbol for describing an
   emission  in  terms  of  its  bandwidth and the characteristics of its
   modulation, if any. See §2.201 of this chapter for details.

   Emission mask. The design limits imposed, as a condition or certification,
   on the mean power of emissions as a function of frequency both within the
   authorized bandwidth and in the adjacent spectrum.

   Equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP). The equivalent isotropically
   radiated power of a transmitter (with antenna, transmission line, duplexers
   etc.) is the power that would be necessary at the input terminals of a
   reference isotropic radiator in order to produce the same maximum field
   intensity. An isotropic radiator is a theoretical lossless point source of
   radiation with unity gain in all directions. EIRP is usually calculated by
   multiplying the measured transmitter output power by the specified antenna
   system  gain,  relative  to an isotropic radiator, in the direction of
   interest.

   Extension.  In the Cellular Radiotelephone Service, an area within the
   service  area boundary of a cellular system, but outside of the market
   boundary. See §§22.911(c) and 22.912.

   Facsimile service. Transmission of still images from one place to another by
   means of radio.

   Fill-in transmitters. Transmitters added to a station, in the same area and
   transmitting on the same channel or channel block as previously authorized
   transmitters,  that  do  not expand the existing service area, but are
   established for the purpose of improving reception in dead spots.

   Five year build-out period. A five year period during which the licensee of
   the first cellular system authorized on each channel block in each cellular
   market may expand the system within that market. See §22.947.

   Fixed transmitter. A stationary transmitter that communicates with other
   stationary transmitters.

   Frequency. The number of cycles occurring per second of an electrical or
   electromagnetic  wave;  a  number representing a specific point in the
   electromagnetic spectrum.

   Ground station. In the Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service, a stationary
   transmitter that provides service to airborne mobile stations.

   Gulf of Mexico Service Area (GMSA). The cellular market comprising the water
   area  of the Gulf of Mexico bounded on the West, North and East by the
   coastline. Coastline, for this purpose, means the line of ordinary low water
   along that portion of the coast which is in direct contact with the open
   sea, and the line marking the seaward limit of inland waters. Inland waters
   include bays, historic inland waters and waters circumscribed by a fringe of
   islands within the immediate vicinity of the shoreline.

   Height above average terrain (HAAT). The height of an antenna above the
   average elevation of the surrounding area.

   In-building radiation systems. Supplementary systems comprising low power
   transmitters,  receivers,  indoor  antennas and/or leaky coaxial cable
   radiators, designed to improve service reliability inside buildings or
   structures located within the service areas of stations in the Public Mobile
   Services.

   Initial cellular applications. Applications for authority to construct and
   operate a new cellular system, excluding applications for interim operating
   authority.

   Interfering contour. The locus of points surrounding a transmitter where the
   predicted median field strength of the signal from that transmitter is the
   maximum field strength that is not considered to cause interference at the
   service contour of another transmitter.

   Interoffice transmitter. A fixed transmitter in the Rural Radiotelephone
   Service  that communicates with other interoffice transmitters for the
   purpose of interconnecting rural central offices.

   Mobile station. One or more transmitters that are capable of operation while
   in motion.

   Necessary  bandwidth.  The  calculated  spectral width of an emission.
   Calculations are made using procedures set forth in part 2 of this chapter.
   The bandwidth so calculated is considered to be the minimum necessary to
   convey information at the desired rate with the desired accuracy.

   Occupied  bandwidth.  The  measured spectral width of an emission. The
   measurement determines occupied bandwidth as the difference between upper
   and lower frequencies where 0.5% of the emission power is above the upper
   frequency and 0.5% of the emission power is below the lower frequency.

   Offshore  central  transmitter.  A  fixed  transmitter in the Offshore
   Radiotelephone  Service  that  provides service to offshore subscriber
   stations.

   Offshore Radiotelephone Service. A radio service in which licensees are
   authorized to offer and provide radio telecommunication services for hire to
   subscribers on structures in the offshore coastal waters of the Gulf of
   Mexico.

   Offshore subscriber station. One or more fixed and/or mobile transmitters in
   the Offshore Radiotelephone Service that receive service from offshore
   central transmitters.

   Pager. A small radio receiver designed to be carried by a person and to give
   an aural, visual or tactile indication when activated by the reception of a
   radio signal containing its specific code. It may also reproduce sounds
   and/or  display  messages that were also transmitted. Some pagers also
   transmit a radio signal acknowledging that a message has been received.

   Paging  geographic  area authorization. An authorization conveying the
   exclusive right to establish and expand one or more stations throughout a
   paging geographic area or, in the case of a partitioned geographic area,
   throughout a specified portion of a paging geographic area, on a specified
   channel allocated for assignment in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.
   These are subject to the conditions that no interference may be caused to
   existing co-channel stations operated by other licensees within the paging
   geographic  area and that no interference may be caused to existing or
   proposed  co-channel  stations  of other licensees in adjoining paging
   geographic areas.

   Paging geographic areas. Standard geographic areas used by the FCC for
   administrative  convenience in the licensing of stations to operate on
   channels allocated for assignment in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.
   See §22.503(b).

   Paging and Radiotelephone Service. A radio service in which common carriers
   are authorized to offer and provide paging and radiotelephone service for
   hire to the general public. This service was formerly titled Public Land
   Mobile Service.

   Paging service. Transmission of coded radio signals for the purpose of
   activating specific pagers; such transmissions may include messages and/or
   sounds.

   Partitioned cellular market. A cellular market with two or more authorized
   cellular systems on the same channel block during the five year build-out
   period, as a result of settlements during initial licensing or contract(s)
   between the licensee of the first cellular system and the licensee(s) of the
   subsequent systems. See §22.947(b).

   Public Mobile Services. Radio services in which licensees are authorized to
   offer and provide mobile and related fixed radio telecommunication services
   for hire to the public.

   Radio telecommunication services. Communication services provided by the use
   of radio, including radiotelephone, radiotelegraph, paging and facsimile
   service.

   Radiotelegraph service. Transmission of messages from one place to another
   by means of radio.

   Radiotelephone service. Transmission of sound from one place to another by
   means of radio.

   Repeater.  A  fixed  transmitter that retransmits the signals of other
   stations.

   Roamer. A mobile station receiving service from a station or system in the
   Public Mobile Services other than one to which it is a subscriber.

   Rural  Radiotelephone  Service. A radio service in which licensees are
   authorized to offer and provide radio telecommunication services for hire to
   subscribers in areas where it is not feasible to provide communication
   services by wire or other means.

   Rural  subscriber station. One or more fixed transmitters in the Rural
   Radiotelephone  Service  that  receive  service  from  central  office
   transmitters.

   Service area. The geographic area considered by the FCC to be reliably
   served by a station in the Public Mobile Services.

   Service contour. The locus of points surrounding a transmitter where the
   predicted median field strength of the signal from that transmitter is the
   minimum field strength that is considered sufficient to provide reliable
   service to mobile stations.

   Service to subscribers. Service to at least one subscriber that is not
   affiliated with, controlled by or related to the providing carrier.

   Signal booster. A stationary device that automatically reradiates signals
   from base transmitters without channel translation, for the purpose of
   improving the reliability of existing service by increasing the signal
   strength in dead spots.

   Station.  A station equipped to engage in radio communication or radio
   transmission of energy (47 U.S.C. 153(k)).

   Telecommunications common carrier. An individual, partnership, association,
   joint-stock  company,  trust or corporation engaged in rendering radio
   telecommunications services to the general public for hire.

   Temporary fixed station. One or more fixed transmitters that normally do not
   remain at any particular location for longer than 6 months.

   Universal licensing system. The Universal Licensing System (ULS) is the
   consolidated database, application filing system, and processing system for
   all  Wireless  Radio  Services.  ULS supports electronic filing of all
   applications  and related documents by applicants and licensees in the
   Wireless  Radio  Services,  and  provides  public  access to licensing
   information.

   Unserved areas. With regard to a channel block allocated for assignment in
   the Cellular Radiotelephone Service: Geographic area in the District of
   Columbia, or any State, Territory or possession of the United States of
   America that is not within the CGSA of any cellular system authorized to
   transmit on that channel block. With regard to a channel allocated for
   assignment in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service: Geographic area within
   the District of Columbia, or any State, Territory or possession of the
   United States of America that is not within the service contour of any base
   transmitter in any station authorized to transmit on that channel.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  61 FR 31050 , June 19, 1996;  61 FR 54098 , Oct. 17, 1996;  62 FR 11628 , Mar. 12, 1997;  63 FR 36603 , July 7, 1998;
    63 FR 68943 , Dec. 14, 1998;  67 FR 9609 , Mar. 4, 2002;  70 FR 19307 , Apr. 13,
   2005]

Subpart B—Licensing Requirements and Procedures

   top

Applications and Notifications

   top

§ 22.107   General application requirements.

   top

   In general, applications for authorizations, assignments of authorizations,
   or consent to transfer of control of licensees in the Public Mobile Services
   must:

   (a) Demonstrate the applicant's qualifications to hold an authorization in
   the Public Mobile services;

   (b) State how a grant would serve the public interest, convenience, and
   necessity;

   (c) Contain all information required by FCC rules or application forms;

   (d) Propose operation of a facility in compliance with all rules governing
   the Public Mobile service;

   (e) Be amended as necessary to remain substantially accurate and complete in
   all significant respects, in accordance with the provisions of §1.65 of this
   chapter; and,

   (f) Be signed in accordance with §1.743 of this chapter.

§ 22.131   Procedures for mutually exclusive applications.

   top

   Two or more pending applications are mutually exclusive if the grant of one
   application would effectively preclude the grant of one or more of the
   others under Commission rules governing the Public Mobile Services involved.
   The Commission uses the general procedures in this section for processing
   mutually exclusive applications in the Public Mobile Services. Additional
   specific procedures are prescribed in the subparts of this part governing
   the individual Public Mobile Services (see §§22.509, 22.717, and 22.949) and
   in part 1 of this chapter.

   (a) Separate applications. Any applicant that files an application knowing
   that it will be mutually exclusive with one or more applications should not
   include in the mutually exclusive application a request for other channels
   or facilities that would not, by themselves, render the application mutually
   exclusive with those other applications. Instead, the request for such other
   channels or facilities should be filed in a separate application.

   (b) Filing groups. Pending mutually exclusive applications are processed in
   filing groups. Mutually exclusive applications in a filing group are given
   concurrent consideration. The Commission may dismiss as defective (pursuant
   to §1.945 of this chapter) any mutually exclusive application(s) whose
   filing date is outside of the date range for inclusion in the filing group.
   The types of filing groups used in day-to-day application processing are
   specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. A filing group is one of the
   following types:

   (1) Renewal filing group. A renewal filing group comprises a timely-filed
   application for renewal of an authorization and all timely-filed mutually
   exclusive competing applications ( see §1.935 of this chapter).

   (2) Same-day filing group. A same-day filing group comprises all mutually
   exclusive applications whose filing date is the same day, which is normally
   the filing date of the first-filed application(s).

   (3) Thirty-day notice and cut-off filing group. A 30-day notice and cut-off
   filing group comprises mutually exclusive applications whose filing date is
   no later than thirty (30) days after the date of the Public Notice listing
   the first-filed application(s) (according to the filing dates) as acceptable
   for filing.

   (4) Window filing group. A window filing group comprises mutually exclusive
   applications whose filing date is within an announced filing window. An
   announced  filing window is a period of time between and including two
   specific dates, which are the first and last dates on which applications (or
   amendments) for a particular purpose may be accepted for filing. In the case
   of a one-day window, the two dates are the same. The dates are made known to
   the public in advance.

   (c) Procedures. Generally, the Commission may grant one application in a
   filing  group of mutually exclusive applications and dismiss the other
   application(s) in the filing that are excluded by that grant, pursuant to
   §1.945 of this chapter.

   (1) Selection methods. In selecting the application to grant, the Commission
   will use competitive bidding.

   (2) Dismissal of applications. The Commission may dismiss any application in
   a filing group that is defective or otherwise subject to dismissal under
   §1.945  of  this  chapter,  either before or after employing selection
   procedures.

   (3) Type of filing group used. Except as otherwise provided in this part,
   the type of filing group used in the processing of two or more mutually
   exclusive applications depends upon the purpose(s) of the applications.

   (i)  If  one  of the mutually exclusive applications is a timely-filed
   application for renewal of an authorization, a renewal filing group is used.

   (ii) If any mutually exclusive application filed on the earliest filing date
   is  an application for modification and none of the mutually exclusive
   applications is a timely-filed application for renewal, a same-day filing
   group is used.

   (iii) If all of the mutually exclusive applications filed on the earliest
   filing date are applications for initial authorization, a 30-day notice and
   cut-off  filing  group is used, except that, for Phase I unserved area
   applications in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service, a one-day window filing
   group is used (see §22.949).

   (4) Disposition. If there is only one application in any type of filing
   group,  the  Commission may grant that application and dismiss without
   prejudice any mutually exclusive applications not in the filing group. If
   there is more than one mutually exclusive application in a filing group, the
   Commission disposes of these applications as follows:

   (i)  Applications  in  a  renewal filing group. All mutually exclusive
   applications  in a renewal filing group are designated for comparative
   consideration in a hearing.

   (ii) Applications in a 30-day notice and cut-off filing group. (A) If all of
   the mutually exclusive applications in a 30-day notice and cut-off filing
   group  are applications for initial authorization, the FCC administers
   competitive bidding procedures in accordance with §22.201 through §22.227
   and  subpart  Q  of  part 1 of this chapter, as applicable. After such
   procedures, the application of the successful bidder may be granted and the
   other applications may be dismissed without prejudice.

   (B) If any of the mutually exclusive applications in a 30-day notice and
   cut-off filing group is an application for modification, the Commission may
   attempt to resolve the mutual exclusivity by facilitating a settlement
   between the applicants. If a settlement is not reached within a reasonable
   time,  the  FCC may designate all applications in the filing group for
   comparative consideration in a hearing. In this event, the result of the
   hearing disposes all of the applications in the filing group.

   (iii) Applications in a same-day filing group. If there are two or more
   mutually exclusive applications in a same-day filing group, the Commission
   may attempt to resolve the mutual exclusivity by facilitating a settlement
   between the applicants. If a settlement is not reached within a reasonable
   time, the Commission may designate all applications in the filing group for
   comparative consideration in a hearing. In this event, the result of the
   hearing disposes of all of the applications in the filing group.

   (iv) Applications in a window filing group. Applications in a window filing
   group are processed in accordance with the procedures for a 30-day notice
   and cut-off filing group in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section.

   (d) Terminology. For the purposes of this section, terms have the following
   meanings:

   (1) The filing date of an application is the date on which that application
   was received in a condition acceptable for filing or the date on which the
   most  recently filed major amendment to that application was received,
   whichever  is  later,  excluding  major  amendments  in  the following
   circumstances:

   (i) The major amendment reflects only a change in ownership or control found
   by the Commission to be in the public interest;

   (ii)  The  major amendment as received is defective or otherwise found
   unacceptable for filing; or

   (iii) The application being amended has been designated for hearing and the
   Commission or the presiding officer accepts the major amendment.

   (2) An application for initial authorization is:

   (i) Any application requesting an authorization for a new system or station;

   (ii) Any application requesting authorization for an existing station to
   operate on an additional channel, unless the additional channel is for
   paired two-way radiotelephone operation, is in the same frequency range as
   the existing channel(s), and will be operationally integrated with the
   existing channel(s) such as by trunking;

   (iii) Any application requesting authorization for a new transmitter at a
   location more than 2 kilometers (1.2 miles) from any existing transmitters
   of the applicant licensee on the requested channel or channel block; or

   (iv) Any application to expand the CGSA of a cellular system (as defined in
   §22.911), except during the five-year build-out period.

   (v) Any “short-form” application (filed on FCC Form 175) requesting a new
   paging geographic area authorization.

   [ 59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994, as amended at  62 FR 11629 , Mar. 12, 1997;  63 FR 68943 , Dec. 14, 1998]

§ 22.143   Construction prior to grant of application.

   top

   Applicants may construct facilities in the Public Mobile services prior to
   grant of their applications, subject to the provisions of this section, but
   must not operate such facilities until the FCC grants an authorization. If
   the conditions stated in this section are not met, applicants must not begin
   to construct facilities in the Public Mobile Services.

   (a)  When  applicants  may  begin construction. An applicant may begin
   construction of a facility 35 days after the date of the Public Notice
   listing the application for that facility as acceptable for filing, except
   that an applicant whose application to operate a new cellular system was
   selected in a random selection process may begin construction of that new
   cellular system 35 days after the date of the Public Notice listing it as
   the tentative selectee.

   (b)  Notification  to  stop. If the FCC for any reason determines that
   construction should not be started or should be stopped while an application
   is pending, and so notifies the applicant, orally (followed by written
   confirmation) or in writing, the applicant must not begin construction or,
   if construction has begun, must stop construction immediately.

   (c) Assumption of risk. Applicants that begin construction pursuant to this
   section before receiving an authorization do so at their own risk and have
   no recourse against the United States for any losses resulting from:

   (1) Applications that are not granted;

   (2) Errors or delays in issuing Public Notices;

   (3) Having to alter, relocate or dismantle the facility; or

   (4) Incurring whatever costs may be necessary to bring the facility into
   compliance with applicable laws, or FCC rules and orders.

   (d) Conditions. Except as indicated, all pre-grant construction is subject
   to the following conditions:

   (1) The application is not mutually exclusive with any other application,
   except  for successful bidders and tentative selectees in the Cellular
   Radiotelephone Service;

   (2) No petitions to deny the application have been filed;

   (3) The application does not include a request for a waiver of one or more
   FCC rules;

   (4) For any construction or alteration that would exceed the requirements of
   §17.7 of this chapter, the licensee has notified the appropriate Regional
   Office of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA Form 7460–1), filed a
   request for antenna height clearance and obstruction marking and lighting
   specifications (FCC Form 854) with the FCC at WTB, Spectrum Management
   Resources and Technologies Division, 1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA
   17325, or electronically via the FCC Antenna Structure Registration home
   page, wireless.fcc.gov/antenna/. 

   (5)  The  applicant has indicated in the application that the proposed
   facility would not have a significant environmental effect, in accordance
   with §§1.1301 through 1.1319 of this chapter; and,

   (6)  Under applicable international agreements and rules in this part,
   individual coordination of the proposed channel assignment(s) with a foreign
   administration is not required.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  70 FR 19308 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.150   Standard pre-filing technical coordination procedure.

   top

   For operations on certain channels in the Public Mobile Services, carriers
   must attempt to coordinate the proposed use of spectrum with other spectrum
   users prior to filing an application for authority to operate a station.
   Rules requiring this procedure for specific channels and types of stations
   are  contained  in the subparts governing the individual Public Mobile
   Services.

   (a) Coordination comprises two steps—notification and response. Each step
   may be accomplished orally or in writing.

   (b) Notification must include relevant technical details of the proposal. At
   minimum, this should include the following:

   (1) Geographical coordinates of the antenna site(s).

   (2) Transmitting and receiving channels to be added or changed.

   (3) Transmitting power, emission type and polarization.

   (4) Transmitting antenna pattern and maximum gain.

   (5) Transmitting antenna height above ground level.

   (c) Applicants and licensees receiving notification must respond promptly,
   even if no channel usage conflicts are anticipated. If any notified party
   fails to respond within 30 days, the applicant may file the application
   without a response from that party.

   (d) The 30-day period begins on the date the notification is submitted to
   the Commission via the ULS. If the notification is by mail, this date may be
   ascertained by:

   (1) The return receipt on certified mail,

   (2) The enclosure of a card to be dated and returned by the party being
   notified, or

   (3) A reasonable estimate of the time required for the mail to reach its
   destination. In this case, the date when the 30-day period will expire must
   be stated in the notification.

   (e) All channel usage conflicts discovered during the coordination process
   should be resolved prior to filing of the application. If the applicant is
   unable or unwilling to resolve a particular conflict, the application may be
   accepted for filing if it contains a statement describing the unresolved
   conflict and a brief explanation of the reasons why a resolution was not
   achieved.

   (f)  If  a number of changes in the technical parameters of a proposed
   facility become necessary during the course of the coordination process, an
   attempt should be made to minimize the number of separate notifications. If
   the changes are incorporated into a completely revised notice, the items
   that were changed from the previous notice should be identified.

   (g) In situations where subsequent changes are not numerous or complex, the
   party receiving the changed notification should make an effort to respond in
   less than 30 days. If the applicant believes a shorter response time is
   reasonable and appropriate, it should so indicate in the notice and suggest
   a response date.

   (h)  If  a subsequent change in the technical parameters of a proposed
   facility could not affect the facilities of one or more of the parties that
   received  an  initial  notification,  the applicant is not required to
   coordinate that change with these parties. However, these parties must be
   advised of the change and of the opinion that coordination is not required.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  63 FR 68944 , Dec. 14, 1998]

§ 22.165   Additional transmitters for existing systems.

   top

   A licensee may operate additional transmitters at additional locations on
   the same channel or channel block as its existing system without obtaining
   prior Commission approval provided:

   (a) International coordination . The locations and/or technical parameters
   of the additional transmitters are such that individual coordination of the
   channel  assignment(s) with a foreign administration, under applicable
   international agreements and rules in this part, is not required.

   (b) Antenna structure registration. Certain antenna structures must be
   registered  with  the  Commission prior to construction or alteration.
   Registration requirements are contained in part 17 of this chapter.

   (c) Environmental . The additional transmitters must not have a significant
   environmental effect as defined by §§1.1301 through 1.1319 of this chapter.

   (d) Paging and Radiotelephone Service . The provisions in this paragraph
   apply for stations in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.

   (1)  The interfering contours of the additional transmitter(s) must be
   totally encompassed by the composite interfering contour of the existing
   station (or stations under common control of the applicant) on the same
   channel, except that this limitation does not apply to nationwide network
   paging stations or in-building radiation systems.

   (2) Additional transmitters in the 43 MHz frequency range operate under
   developmental authority, subject to the conditions set forth in §22.411.

   (3) The additional transmitters must not operate on control channels in the
   72–76 MHz, 470–512 MHz, 928 MHz, 932 MHz, 941 MHz or 959 MHz frequency
   ranges.

   (e) Cellular radiotelephone service. During the five-year build-out period,
   the service area boundaries of the additional transmitters, as calculated by
   the method set forth in §22.911(a), must remain within the market, except
   that the service area boundaries may extend beyond the market boundary into
   the area that is part of the CGSA or is already encompassed by the service
   area boundaries of previously authorized facilities. After the five-year
   build-out  period,  the  service  area  boundaries  of  the additional
   transmitters, as calculated by the method set forth in §22.911(a), must
   remain within the CGSA. Licensees must notify the Commission (FCC Form 601)
   of any transmitters added under this section that cause a change in the CGSA
   boundary. The notification must include full size and reduced maps, and
   supporting engineering, as described in §22.953(a)(1) through (3). If the
   addition of transmitters involves a contract service area boundary (SAB)
   extension ( see §22.912), the notification must include a statement as to
   whether  the five-year build-out period for the system on the relevant
   channel block in the market into which the SAB extends has elapsed and
   whether  the  SAB  extends  into  any unserved area in the market. The
   notification must be made electronically via the ULS, or delivered to the
   filing place ( see §1.913 of this chapter) once yearly during the five-year
   build-out on the anniversary of the license grant date.

   (f) Air-ground Radiotelephone Service. Ground stations may be added to
   Commercial Aviation air-ground systems at previously established ground
   station locations, pursuant to §22.859, subject to compliance with the
   applicable technical rules. This section does not apply to General Aviation
   air-ground stations.

   (g)  Rural  Radiotelephone  Service. A “service area” and “interfering
   contours” must be determined using the same method as for stations in the
   Paging and Radiotelephone Service. The service area and interfering contours
   so determined for the additional transmitter(s) must be totally encompassed
   by the similarly determined composite service area contour and predicted
   interfering contour, respectively, of the existing station on the same
   channel. This section does not apply to Basic Exchange Telecommunications
   Radio Systems.

   (h) Offshore Radiotelephone Service. This section does not apply to stations
   in the Offshore Radiotelephone Service.

   (i)  Provision  of  information upon request. Upon request by the FCC,
   licensees must supply administrative or technical information concerning the
   additional transmitters. At the time transmitters are added pursuant to this
   section,  licensees  must make a record of the pertinent technical and
   administrative information so that such information is readily available.
   See §22.303.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  59 FR 64856 , Dec. 16, 1994; as amended at  62 FR 11629 , Mar. 12, 1997;  63 FR 68944 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 53240 , Oct. 1, 1999;
    67 FR 77190 , Dec. 17, 2002]

§ 22.169   International coordination of channel assignments.

   top

   Channel assignments under this part are subject to the applicable provisions
   and requirements of treaties and other international agreements between the
   United States government and the governments of Canada and Mexico.

Competitive Bidding Procedures

   top

   Source:    62 FR 11629 , Mar. 12, 1997, unless otherwise noted.

§ 22.201   Paging geographic area authorizations are subject to competitive
bidding.

   top

   Mutually exclusive initial applications for paging geographic area licenses
   are  subject  to  competitive bidding. The general competitive bidding
   procedures set forth in part 1, subpart Q of this chapter will apply unless
   otherwise provided in this subpart and part 90 of this chapter.

   [ 67 FR 45366 , July 9, 2002]

§§ 22.203-22.211   [Reserved]

   top

§ 22.213   Filing of long-form applications.

   top

   After an auction, the Commission will not accept long form applications for
   paging geographic authorizations from anyone other than the auction winners
   and parties seeking partitioned authorizations pursuant to agreements with
   auction winners under §22.221.

   [ 67 FR 45366 , July 9, 2002]

§ 22.215   [Reserved]

   top

§ 22.217   Bidding credit for small businesses.

   top

   A  winning  bidder  that  qualifies as a small business, as defined in
   §22.223(b)(1), or a consortium of small businesses may use a bidding credit
   of thirty-five (35) percent to lower the cost of its winning bid. A winning
   bidder that qualifies as a small business, as defined in §22.223(b)(2), or
   consortium of small businesses may use a bidding credit of twenty-five (25)
   percent to lower the cost of its winning bid.

   [ 68 FR 42998 , July 21, 2003]

§ 22.221   Eligibility for partitioned licenses.

   top

   If  partitioned  licenses  are being applied for in conjunction with a
   license(s) to be awarded through competitive bidding procedures—

   (a) The applicable procedures for filing short-form applications and for
   submitting upfront payments and down payments contained in this chapter
   shall  be  followed by the applicant, who must disclose as part of its
   short-form application all parties to agreement(s) with or among other
   entities  to partition the license pursuant to this section, if won at
   auction ( see 47 CFR 1.2105(a)(2)(viii));

   (b) Each party to an agreement to partition the authorization must file a
   long-form  application  (FCC  Form  601)  for its respective, mutually
   agreed-upon geographic area together with the application for the remainder
   of the MEA or EA filed by the auction winner.

   (c) If the partitioned authorization is being applied for as a partial
   assignment of the MEA or EA authorization following grant of the initial
   authorization,  request for authorization for partial assignment of an
   authorization shall be made pursuant to §1.948 of this part.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  64 FR 33781 , June 24, 1999]

§ 22.223   Designated entities.

   top

   (a) Scope. The definitions in this section apply to §§22.201 through 22.227,
   unless otherwise specified in those sections.

   (b) A small business is an entity that either:

   (1) Together with its affiliates and controlling interests has average gross
   revenues that are not more than $3 million for the preceding three years; or

   (2) Together with its affiliates and controlling interests has average gross
   revenues that are not more than $15 million for the preceding three years.

   [ 68 FR 42998 , July 21, 2003]

§ 22.225   Certifications, disclosures, records maintenance, and definitions.

   top

   (a) Records maintenance. All winning bidders qualifying as small businesses
   shall maintain at their principal place of business an updated file of
   ownership, revenue, and asset information, including any documents necessary
   to  establish  small  businesses  under  §22.223. Licensees (and their
   successors-in-interest)  shall maintain such files for the term of the
   license. Applicants that do not obtain the license(s) for which they applied
   shall maintain such files until the grant of such license(s) is final, or
   one year from the date of the filing of their short-form application (FCC
   Form 175), whichever is earlier.

   (b) Definition. The term small business used in this section is defined in
   §22.223.

   [ 67 FR 45367 , July 9, 2002, as amended at  68 FR 42998 , July 21, 2003]

§ 22.227   Petitions to deny and limitations on settlements.

   top

   (a) Procedures regarding petitions to deny long-form applications in the
   paging service will be governed by §1.939 of this chapter.

   (b) The consideration that an individual or an entity will be permitted to
   receive for agreeing to withdraw an application or petition to deny will be
   limited by the provisions set forth in §1.935 of this chapter.

   [ 67 FR 45367 , July 9, 2002]

§ 22.228   Cellular rural service area licenses subject to competitive bidding.

   top

   Mutually exclusive initial applications for Cellular Rural Service Area
   licenses are subject to competitive bidding. The general competitive bidding
   procedures set forth in part 1, subpart Q of this chapter will apply unless
   otherwise provided in this subpart.

   [ 67 FR 45367 , July 9, 2002]

§ 22.229   Designated entities.

   top

   (a) Eligibility for small business provisions. (1) A very small business is
   an entity that, together with its controlling interests and affiliates, has
   average annual gross revenues not exceeding $3 million for the preceding
   three years.

   (2)  A small business is an entity that, together with its controlling
   interests and affiliates, has average annual gross revenues not exceeding
   $15 million for the preceding three years.

   (3)  An  entrepreneur is an entity that, together with its controlling
   interests and affiliates, has average annual gross revenues not exceeding
   $40 million for the preceding three years.

   (b)  Bidding  credits. A winning bidder that qualifies as a very small
   business,  as  defined  in this section, or a consortium of very small
   businesses may use the bidding credit specified in §1.2110(f)(2)(i) of this
   chapter. A winning bidder that qualifies as a small business, as defined in
   this section, or a consortium of small businesses may use the bidding credit
   specified  in §1.2110(f)(2)(ii) of this chapter. A winning bidder that
   qualifies as an entrepreneur, as defined in this section, or a consortium of
   entrepreneurs may use the bidding credit specified in §1.2110(f)(2)(iii) of
   this chapter.

   [ 67 FR 11434 , Mar. 14, 2002, as amended at  68 FR 42998 , July 21, 2003]

Subpart C—Operational and Technical Requirements

   top

Operational Requirements

   top

§ 22.301   Station inspection.

   top

   Upon reasonable request, the licensee of any station authorized in the
   Public Mobile Services must make the station and station records available
   for  inspection by authorized representatives of the Commission at any
   reasonable hour.

   [ 59 FR 59955 , Nov. 21, 1994]

§ 22.303   Retention of station authorizations; identifying transmitters.

   top

   The  current  authorization  for  each  station, together with current
   administrative  and  technical information concerning modifications to
   facilities pursuant to §1.929 of this chapter, and added facilities pursuant
   to §22.165 must be retained as a permanent part of the station records. A
   clearly legible photocopy of the authorization must be available at each
   regularly  attended  control  point of the station, or in lieu of this
   photocopy, licensees may instead make available at each regularly attended
   control  point  the  address  or location where the licensee's current
   authorization and other records may be found.

   [ 70 FR 61058 , Oct. 20, 2005]

§ 22.305   Operator and maintenance requirements.

   top

   FCC operator permits and licenses are not required to operate, repair or
   maintain  equipment  authorized in the Public Mobile Services. Station
   licensees are responsible for the proper operation and maintenance of their
   stations, and for compliance with FCC rules.

§ 22.307   Operation during emergency.

   top

   Licensees of stations in the Public Mobile services may, during a period of
   emergency in which normal communications facilities are disrupted as a
   result of hurricane, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, civil
   unrest, widespread vandalism, national emergencies or emergencies declared
   by Executive Order of the President, use their stations to temporarily
   provide emergency communications services in a manner or configuration not
   normally allowed by this part, provided that such operations comply with the
   provisions of this section.

   (a)  Technical limitations. Public Mobile stations providing temporary
   emergency communications service must not transmit:

   (1) On channels other than those authorized for normal operations.

   (2) With power in excess of that authorized for normal operations;

   (3) Emission types other than those authorized for normal operations.

   (b) Discontinuance. Temporary emergency use of Public Mobile stations must
   be discontinued as soon as normal communication facilities are restored. The
   FCC  may,  at any time, order the discontinuance of any such emergency
   communication services.

§ 22.313   Station identification.

   top

   The licensee of each station in the Public Mobile Services must ensure that
   the transmissions of that station are identified in accordance with the
   requirements of this section.

   (a) Station identification is not required for transmission by:

   (1) Stations in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service;

   (2)  General aviation ground stations in the Air-ground Radiotelephone
   Service;

   (3) [Reserved]

   (4) Stations using Basic Exchange Telephone Radio Systems in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service;

   (5) [Reserved]

   (6) Stations operating pursuant to paging geographic area authorizations.

   (b)  For  all  other  stations  in the Public Mobile Services, station
   identification must be transmitted each hour within five minutes of the
   hour,  or  upon  completion  of the first transmission after the hour.
   Transmission of station identification may be temporarily delayed to avoid
   interrupting  the  continuity of any public communication in progress,
   provided that station identification is transmitted at the conclusion of
   that public communication.

   (c)  Station identification must be transmitted by telephony using the
   English language or by telegraphy using the international Morse code, and in
   a form that can be received using equipment appropriate for the modulation
   type employed, and understood without the use of unscrambling devices,
   except  that, alternatively, station identification may be transmitted
   digitally,  provided  that  the  licensee provides the Commission with
   information sufficient to decode the digital transmission to ascertain the
   call sign. Station identification comprises transmission of the call sign
   assigned by the Commission to the station, however, the following may be
   used in lieu of the call sign.

   (1) For transmission from subscriber operated transmitters, the telephone
   number or other designation assigned by the carrier, provided that a written
   record of such designations is maintained by the carrier;

   (2)  For  general  aviation airborne mobile stations in the Air-Ground
   Radiotelephone  Service,  the  official FAA registration number of the
   aircraft;

   (3) For stations in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service, a call sign
   assigned to another station within the same system.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59955 , Nov. 21, 1994;  62 FR 11633 , Mar. 12, 1997;  70 FR 19308 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.317   Discontinuance of station operation.

   top

   If  the  operation  of a Public Mobile Services station is permanently
   discontinued, the licensee shall send authorization for cancellation by
   electronic filing via the ULS on FCC Form 601. For purposes of this section,
   any station that has not provided service to subscribers for 90 continuous
   days  is  considered to have been permanently discontinued, unless the
   applicant notified the FCC otherwise prior to the end of the 90 day period
   and provided a date on which operation will resume, which date must not be
   in excess of 30 additional days.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  61 FR 54099 , Oct. 17, 1996;  63 FR 68944 , Dec. 14, 1998]

§ 22.321   Equal employment opportunities.

   top

   Public  Mobile  Services  licensees  shall afford equal opportunity in
   employment to all qualified persons, and personnel must not be discriminated
   against in employment because of sex, race, color, religion, or national
   origin.

   (a) Equal employment opportunity program. Each licensee shall establish,
   maintain, and carry out a positive continuing program of specific practices
   designed to assure equal opportunity in every aspect of employment policy
   and practice.

   (1) Under the terms of its program, each licensee shall:

   (i)  Define the responsibility of each level of management to insure a
   positive  application  and vigorous enforcement of the policy of equal
   opportunity, and establish a procedure to review and control managerial and
   supervisory performance.

   (ii) Inform its employees and recognized employee organizations of the
   positive equal employment opportunity policy and program and enlist their
   cooperation.

   (iii) Communicate its equal employment opportunity policy and program and
   its employment needs to sources of qualified applicants without regard to
   sex, race, color, religion or national origin, and solicit their recruitment
   assistance on a continuing basis.

   (iv) Conduct a continuing campaign to exclude every form of prejudice or
   discrimination based upon sex, race, color, religion, or national origin,
   from the licensee's personnel policies and practices and working conditions.

   (v) Conduct a continuing review of job structure and employment practices
   and adopt positive recruitment, training, job design and other measures
   needed in order to ensure genuine equality of opportunity to participate
   fully in all organizational units, occupations and levels of responsibility.

   (2) The program must reasonably address specific concerns through policies
   and actions as set forth in this paragraph, to the extent that they are
   appropriate in consideration of licensee size, location and other factors.

   (i) To assure nondiscrimination in recruiting. (A) Posting notices in the
   licensee's  offices informing applicants for employment of their equal
   employment rights and their right to notify the Equal Employment Opportunity
   Commission (EEOC), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), or other
   appropriate  agency.  Where  a  substantial  number  of applicants are
   Spanish-surnamed Americans, such notice should be posted in both Spanish and
   English.

   (B) Placing a notice in bold type on the employment application informing
   prospective employees that discrimination because of sex, race, color,
   religion or national origin is prohibited, and that they may notify the
   EEOC, the FCC or other appropriate agency if they believe they have been
   discriminated against.

   (C)  Placing employment advertisements in media which have significant
   circulation among minority groups in the recruiting area.

   (D) Recruiting through schools and colleges with significant minority group
   enrollments.

   (E)  Maintaining systematic contacts with minority and human relations
   organizations, leaders and spokespersons to encourage referral of qualified
   minority or female applicants.

   (F) Encouraging present employees to refer minority or female applicants.

   (G) Making known to the appropriate recruitment sources in the employer's
   immediate  area  that  qualified minority members are being sought for
   consideration whenever the licensee hires.

   (ii) To assure nondiscrimination in selection and hiring. (A) Instructing
   employees of the licensee who make hiring decisions that all applicants for
   all jobs are to be considered without discrimination.

   (B) Where union agreements exist, cooperating with the union or unions in
   the development of programs to assure qualified minority persons or females
   of  equal  opportunity  for  employment,  and  including  an effective
   nondiscrimination clause in new or renegotiated union agreements.

   (C) Avoiding use of selection techniques or tests that have the effect of
   discriminating against minority groups or females.

   (iii) To assure nondiscriminatory placement and promotion. (A) Instructing
   employees of the licensee who make decisions on placement and promotion that
   minority employees and females are to be considered without discrimination,
   and  that  job areas in which there is little or no minority or female
   representation should be reviewed to determine whether this results from
   discrimination.

   (B)  Giving minority groups and female employees equal opportunity for
   positions which lead to higher positions. Inquiring as to the interest and
   skills of all lower-paid employees with respect to any of the higher-paid
   positions, followed by assistance, counseling, and effective measures to
   enable employees with interest and potential to qualify themselves for such
   positions.

   (C)  Reviewing  seniority  practices to insure that such practices are
   nondiscriminatory and do not have a discriminatory effect.

   (D) Avoiding use of selection techniques or tests that have the effect of
   discriminating against minority groups or females.

   (iv) To assure nondiscrimination in other areas of employment practices. (A)
   Examining  rates of pay and fringe benefits for present employees with
   equivalent duties and adjusting any inequities found.

   (B) Providing opportunity to perform overtime work on a basis that does not
   discriminate against qualified minority groups or female employees.

   (b) EEO statement. Each licensee having 16 or more full-time employees shall
   file  with the FCC, no later than May 31st following the grant of that
   licensee's  first  Public  Mobile  Services authorization, a statement
   describing  fully  its  current  equal employment opportunity program,
   indicating  specific practices to be followed in order to assure equal
   employment  opportunity  on the basis of sex, race, color, religion or
   national  origin  in  such  aspects of employment practices as regards
   recruitment,  selection,  training, placement, promotion, pay, working
   conditions, demotion, layoff and termination. Any licensee having 16 or more
   full-time employees that changes its existing equal employment opportunity
   program  shall file with the FCC, no later than May 31st thereafter, a
   revised statement reflecting the change(s).

   Note  to paragraph(b)of §22.321: Licensees having 16 or more full-time
   employees that were granted their first Public Mobile Services authorization
   prior to January 1, 1995, and do not have a current EEO statement on file
   with the FCC, must file such statement, required by paragraph (b) of this
   section, no later than May 31, 1995.

   (c) Report of complaints filed against licensees. Each licensee, regardless
   of how many employees it has, shall submit an annual report to the FCC no
   later than May 31st of each year indicating whether any complaints regarding
   violations by the licensee or equal employment provisions of Federal, State,
   Territorial, or local law have been filed before anybody having competent
   jurisdiction.

   (1) The report should state the parties involved, the date filing, the
   courts or agencies before which the matters have been heard, the appropriate
   file number (if any), and the respective disposition or current status of
   any such complaints.

   (2) Any licensee who has filed such information with the EEOC may file a
   notification of such filing with the FCC in lieu of a report.

   (d)  Complaints of violations of Equal Employment Programs. Complaints
   alleging employment discrimination against a common carrier licensee are
   considered by the FCC in the following manner:

   (1) If a complaint raising an issue of discrimination is received against a
   licensee who is within the jurisdiction of the EEOC, it is submitted to that
   agency. The FCC maintains a liaison with that agency that keeps the FCC
   informed of the disposition of complaints filed against common carrier
   licensees.

   (2) Complaints alleging employment discrimination against a common carrier
   licensee who does not fall under the jurisdiction of the EEOC but is covered
   by appropriate enforceable State law, to which penalties apply, may be
   submitted by the FCC to the respective State agency.

   (3) Complaints alleging employment discrimination against a common carrier
   licensee  who  does  not fall under the jurisdiction of the EEOC or an
   appropriate State law, are accorded appropriate treatment by the FCC.

   (4)  The FCC will consult with the EEOC on all matters relating to the
   evaluation and determination of compliance by the common carrier licensees
   with the principles of equal employment as set forth herein.

   (5) Complaints indicating a general pattern of disregard of equal employment
   practices which are received against a licensee that is required to file an
   employment  report  to  the  FCC  under  §1.815(a) of this chapter are
   investigated by the FCC.

   (e) FCC records. A copy of every annual employment report, equal employment
   opportunity program statement, reports on complaints regarding violation of
   equal employment provisions of Federal, State, Territorial, or local law,
   and copies of all exhibits, letters, and other documents filed as part
   thereof, all amendments thereto, all correspondence between the licensee and
   the  FCC  pertaining to the reports after they have been filed and all
   documents incorporated therein by reference, are open for public inspection
   at the offices of the FCC.

   (f) Licensee records. Each licensee required to file annual employment
   reports  (pursuant  to  §1.815(a)  of  this chapter), equal employment
   opportunity program statements, and annual reports on complaints regarding
   violations of equal employment provisions of Federal, State, Territorial, or
   local law shall maintain for public inspection a file containing a copy of
   each such report and copies of all exhibits, letters, and other documents
   filed as part thereto, all correspondence between the licensee and the FCC
   pertaining to the reports after they have been filed and all documents
   incorporated therein by reference. The documents must be retained for a
   period of 2 years.

§ 22.325   Control points.

   top

   Each station in the Public Mobile Services must have at least one control
   point and a person on duty who is responsible for station operation. This
   section does not require that the person on duty be at the control point or
   continuously monitor all transmissions of the station. However, the control
   point must have facilities that enable the person on duty to turn off the
   transmitters in the event of a malfunction.

Technical Requirements

   top

§ 22.351   Channel assignment policy.

   top

   The channels allocated for use in the Public Mobile Services are listed in
   the  applicable subparts of this part. Channels and channel blocks are
   assigned in such a manner as to facilitate the rendition of service on an
   interference-free basis in each service area. Except as otherwise provided
   in this part, each channel or channel block is assigned exclusively to one
   licensee  in  each service area. All applicants for, and licensees of,
   stations in the Public Mobile Services shall cooperate in the selection and
   use  of channels in order to minimize interference and obtain the most
   efficient use of the allocated spectrum.

   [ 70 FR 19308 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.352   Protection from interference.

   top

   Public Mobile Service stations operating in accordance with applicable FCC
   rules and the terms and conditions of their authorizations are normally
   considered to be non-interfering. If the FCC determines, however, that
   interference that significantly interrupts or degrades a radio service is
   being caused, it may, in accordance with the provisions of sections 303(f)
   and 316 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, (47 U.S.C. 303(f),
   316), require modifications to any Public Mobile station as necessary to
   eliminate such interference.

   (a) Failure to operate as authorized. Any licensee causing interference to
   the service of other stations by failing to operate its station in full
   accordance with its authorization and applicable FCC rules shall discontinue
   all transmissions, except those necessary for the immediate safety of life
   or property, until it can bring its station into full compliance with the
   authorization and rules.

   (b) Intermodulation interference. Licensees should attempt to resolve such
   interference by technical means.

   (c)  Situations in which no protection is afforded. Except as provided
   elsewhere in this part, no protection from interference is afforded in the
   following situations:

   (1)  Interference  to  base receivers from base or fixed transmitters.
   Licensees should attempt to resolve such interference by technical means or
   operating arrangements.

   (2) Inteference to mobile receivers from mobile transmitters. No protection
   is provided against mobile-to-mobile interference.

   (3) Interference to base receivers from mobile transmitters. No protection
   is provided against mobile-to-base interference.

   (4) Interference to fixed stations. Licensees should attempt to resolve such
   interference by technical means or operating arrangements.

   (5) Anomalous or infrequent propagation modes. No protection is provided
   against interference caused by tropospheric and ionospheric propagation of
   signals.

   (6) Facilities for which the Commission is not notified. No protection is
   provided against interference to the service of any additional or modified
   transmitter operating pursuant to §§1.929 or 22.165, unless and until the
   licensee modifies its authorization using FCC Form 601.

   (7)  In-building  radiation systems. No protection is provided against
   interference to the service of in-building radiation systems (see §22.383).

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  62 FR 11633 , Mar. 12, 1997;  63 FR 68944 , Dec. 14, 1998;  70 FR 19308 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.353   Blanketing interference.

   top

   Licensees of Public Mobile Services stations are responsible for resolving
   cases of blanketing interference in accordance with the provisions of this
   section.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, licensees must
   resolve any cases of blanketing interference in their area of responsibility
   caused  by  operation of their transmitter(s) during a one-year period
   following commencement of service from new or modified transmitter(s).
   Interference must be resolved promptly at no cost to the complainant.

   (b) The area of responsibility is that area in the immediate vicinity of the
   transmitting  antenna  of  stations  where  the  field strength of the
   electromagnetic radiation from such stations equals or exceeds 115 dBµV/m.
   To determine the radial distance to the boundary of this area, the following
   formula must be used:
   [MATH:  :MATH]

   where d is the radial distance to the boundary, in kilometers

   p is the radial effective radiated power, in kilowatts

   The maximum effective radiated power in the pertinent direction, without
   consideration of the antenna's vertical radiation pattern or height, must be
   used in the formula.

   (c) Licensees are not required to resolve blanketing interference to mobile
   receivers or non-RF devices or blanketing interference occurring as a result
   of malfunctioning or mistuned receivers, improperly installed consumer
   antenna  systems,  or the use of high gain antennas or antenna booster
   amplifiers by consumers.

   (d) Licensees that install transmitting antennas at a location where there
   are already one or more transmitting antennas are responsible for resolving
   any new cases of blanketing interference in accordance with this section.

   (e) Two or more licensees that concurrently install transmitting antennas at
   the  same  location  are  jointly responsible for resolving blanketing
   interference cases, unless the FCC can readily determine which station is
   causing the interference, in which case the licensee of that station is held
   fully responsible.

   (f)  After the one year period of responsibility to resolve blanketing
   interference, licensees must provide upon request technical information to
   complainants on remedies for blanketing interference.

§ 22.355   Frequency tolerance.

   top

   Except as otherwise provided in this part, the carrier frequency of each
   transmitter in the Public Mobile Services must be maintained within the
   tolerances given in Table C–1 of this section.

   Table C–1—Frequency Tolerance for Transmitters in the Public Mobile Services
   Frequency range (MHz) Base, fixed
   (ppm) Mobile ≤3 watts
   (ppm) Mobile
   ≤3 watts
   (ppm)
   25 to 50 20.0 20.0 50.0
   50 to 450 5.0 5.0 50.0
   450 to 512 2.5 5.0 5.0
   821 to 896 1.5 2.5 2.5
   928 to 929 5.0 n/a n/a
   929 to 960 1.5 n/a n/a
   2110 to 2220 10.0 n/a n/a

   [ 61 FR 54099 , Oct. 17, 1996]

§ 22.357   Emission types.

   top

   Any authorized station in the Public Mobile Services may transmit emissions
   of any type(s) that comply with the applicable emission rule, i.e. §22.359,
   §22.861 or §22.917.

   [ 70 FR 19308 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.359   Emission limitations.

   top

   The rules in this section govern the spectral characteristics of emissions
   in the Public Mobile Services, except for the Air-Ground Radiotelephone
   Service (see §22.861, instead) and the Cellular Radiotelephone Service (see
   §22.917, instead).

   (a)  Out  of  band emissions. The power of any emission outside of the
   authorized  operating  frequency  ranges  must be attenuated below the
   transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log (P) dB.

   (b) Measurement procedure. Compliance with these rules is based on the use
   of measurement instrumentation employing a resolution bandwidth of 30 kHz or
   more. In the 60 kHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to the authorized
   frequency range or channel, a resolution bandwidth of at least one percent
   of the emission bandwidth of the fundamental emission of the transmitter may
   be employed. A narrower resolution bandwidth is permitted in all cases to
   improve measurement accuracy provided the measured power is integrated over
   the  full required measurement bandwidth (i.e., 30 kHz or 1 percent of
   emission bandwidth, as specified). The emission bandwidth is defined as the
   width  of  the signal between two points, one below the carrier center
   frequency and one above the carrier center frequency, outside of which all
   emissions are attenuated at least 26 dB below the transmitter power.

   (c) Alternative out of band emission limit. Licensees in the Public Mobile
   Services may establish an alternative out of band emission limit to be used
   at specified frequencies (band edges) in specified geographical areas, in
   lieu of that set forth in this section, pursuant to a private contractual
   arrangement of all affected licensees and applicants. In this event, each
   party  to such contract shall maintain a copy of the contract in their
   station files and disclose it to prospective assignees or transferees and,
   upon request, to the FCC.

   (d) Interference caused by out of band emissions. If any emission from a
   transmitter  operating in any of the Public Mobile Services results in
   interference  to users of another radio service, the FCC may require a
   greater attenuation of that emission than specified in this section.

   [ 70 FR 19308 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.365   Antenna structures; air navigation safety.

   top

   Licensees that own their antenna structures must not allow these antenna
   structures  to  become a hazard to air navigation. In general, antenna
   structure owners are responsible for registering antenna structures with the
   FCC  if  required  by  part 17 of this chapter, and for installing and
   maintaining any required marking and lighting. However, in the event of
   default of this responsibility by an antenna structure owner, each FCC
   permittee or licensee authorized to use an affected antenna structure will
   be held responsible by the FCC for ensuring that the antenna structure
   continues to meet the requirements of part 17 of this chapter. See §17.6 of
   this chapter.

   (a) Marking and lighting. Antenna structures must be marked, lighted and
   maintained in accordance with Part 17 of this chapter and all applicable
   rules and requirements of the Federal Aviation Administration.

   (b)  Maintenance contracts. Antenna structure owners (or licensees and
   permittees, in the event of default by an antenna structure owner) may enter
   into  contracts with other entities to monitor and carry out necessary
   maintenance of antenna structures. Antenna structure owners (or licensees
   and permittees, in the event of default by an antenna structure owner) that
   make  such contractual arrangements continue to be responsible for the
   maintenance of antenna structures in regard to air navigation safety.

   [ 61 FR 4365 , Feb. 6, 1996]

§ 22.371   Disturbance of AM broadcast station antenna patterns.

   top

   Public Mobile Service licensees that construct or modify towers in the
   immediate vicinity of AM broadcast stations are responsible for measures
   necessary to correct disturbance of the AM station antenna pattern which
   causes operation outside of the radiation parameters specified by the FCC
   for  the  AM  station, if the disturbance occurred as a result of such
   construction or modification.

   (a) Non-directional AM stations. If tower construction or modification is
   planned within 1 kilometer (0.6 mile) of a non-directional AM broadcast
   station tower, the Public Mobile Service licensee must notify the licensee
   of  the AM broadcast station in advance of the planned construction or
   modification.  Measurements  must  be  made  to  determine whether the
   construction or modification affected the AM station antenna pattern. The
   Public Mobile Service licensee is responsible for the installation and
   continued maintenance of any detuning apparatus necessary to restore proper
   non-directional performance of the AM station tower.

   (b)  Directional AM stations. If tower construction or modification is
   planned  within 3 kilometers (1.9 miles) of a directional AM broadcast
   station array, the Public Mobile Service licensee must notify the licensee
   of  the AM broadcast station in advance of the planned construction or
   modification.  Measurements  must  be  made  to  determine whether the
   construction or modification affected the AM station antenna pattern. The
   Public Mobile Service licensee is responsible for the installation and
   continued maintenance of any detuning apparatus necessary to restore proper
   performance of the AM station array.

§ 22.377   Certification of transmitters.

   top

   Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, transmitters used in
   the Public Mobile Services, including those used with signal boosters,
   in-building radiation systems and cellular repeaters, must be certificated
   for use in the radio services regulated under this part. Transmitters must
   be certificated when the station is ready for service, not necessarily at
   the time of filing an application.

   (a) The FCC may list as certificated only transmitters that are capable of
   meeting all technical requirements of the rules governing the service in
   which they will operate. The procedure for obtaining certification is set
   forth in part 2 of this chapter.

   (b) Transmitters operating under a developmental authorization (see subpart
   D of this part) do not have to be certificated.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  61 FR 31051 , June 19, 1996;  63 FR 36603 , July 7, 1998;  67 FR 77191 , Dec. 17, 2002]

§ 22.383   In-building radiation systems.

   top

   Licensees may install and operate in-building radiation systems without
   applying for authorization or notifying the FCC, provided that the locations
   of the in-building radiation systems are within the protected service area
   of the licensee's authorized transmitter(s) on the same channel or channel
   block.

Subpart D—Developmental Authorizations

   top

§ 22.401   Description and purposes of developmental authorizations.

   top

   Eligible  entities  ( see §22.7) may apply for, and the FCC may grant,
   authority to construct and operate one or more transmitters subject to the
   rules in this subpart and other limitations, waivers and/or conditions that
   may be prescribed. Authorizations granted on this basis are developmental
   authorizations. In general, the FCC grants developmental authorizations in
   situations and circumstances where it cannot reasonably be determined in
   advance whether a particular transmitter can be operated or a particular
   service can be provided without causing interference to the service of
   existing  stations.  For  example,  the  FCC  may  grant developmental
   authorizations for:

   (a) Field strength surveys to evaluate the technical suitability of antenna
   locations for stations in the Public Mobile Services;

   (b) Experimentation leading to the potential development of a new Public
   Mobile Service or technology; or,

   (c)  Stations transmitting on channels in certain frequency ranges, to
   provide  a trial period during which it can be individually determined
   whether such stations can operate without causing excessive interference to
   existing services.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.403   General limitations.

   top

   The  provisions and requirements of this section are applicable to all
   developmental authorizations.

   (a) Developmental authorizations are granted subject to the condition that
   they may be cancelled by the FCC at any time, upon notice to the licensee,
   and without the opportunity for a hearing.

   (b)  Except  as  otherwise  indicated  in  this subpart, developmental
   authorizations normally terminate one year from the date of grant. The FCC
   may, however, specify a different term.

   (c) Stations operating under developmental authorizations must not interfere
   with the services of regularly authorized stations.

   (d) A grant of a developmental authorization does not provide any assurance
   that the FCC will grant an application for regular authorization to operate
   the same transmitter(s), even if operation during the developmental period
   has not caused interference and/or the developmental program is successful.

§ 22.409   Developmental authorization for a new Public Mobile Service or
technology.

   top

   The FCC may grant applications for developmental authority to construct and
   operate transmitters for the purpose of developing a new Public Mobile
   Service  or a new technology not regularly authorized under this part,
   subject to the requirements of this section. Such applications may request
   the use of any portion of the spectrum allocated for Public Mobile Services
   in the Table of Frequency Allocations contained in part 2 of this chapter,
   regardless of whether that spectrum is regularly available under this part.
   Requests to use any portion of the spectrum for a service or purpose other
   than that indicated in the Table of Frequency Allocations in part 2 of this
   chapter may be made only in accordance with the provisions of part 5 of this
   chapter.

   (a) Preliminary determination. The FCC will make a preliminary determination
   with respect to the factors in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this
   section before acting on an application for developmental authority pursuant
   to this section. These factors are:

   (1)  That  the  public  interest,  convenience  or  necessity warrants
   consideration of the establishment of the proposed service or technology;

   (2) That the proposal appears to have potential value to the public that
   could warrant the establishment of the new service or technology;

   (3) That some operational data should be developed for consideration in any
   rule making proceeding which may be initiated to establish such service or
   technology.

   (b)  Petition  required. Applications for developmental authorizations
   pursuant to this section must be accompanied by a petition for rule making
   requesting the FCC to amend its rules as may be necessary to provide for the
   establishment of the proposed service or technology.

   (c) Application requirements. Authorizations for developmental authority
   pursuant  to  this section will be issued only upon a showing that the
   applicant has a definite program of research and development which has
   reasonable promise of substantial contribution to the services authorized by
   this  part.  The application must contain an exhibit demonstrating the
   applicant's technical qualifications to conduct the research and development
   program, including a description of the nature and extent of engineering
   facilities that the applicant has available for such purpose. Additionally,
   the  FCC  may,  in  its  discretion,  require  a  showing of financial
   qualification.

   (d) Communication service for hire prohibited. Stations authorized under
   developmental authorizations granted pursuant to this section must not be
   used  to  provide  communication  service  for  hire, unless otherwise
   specifically authorized by the FCC.

   (e) Adherence to program. Carriers granted developmental authorization
   pursuant  to  this section must substantially adhere to the program of
   research and development described in their application for developmental
   authorization, unless the FCC directs otherwise.

   (f) Report requirements. Upon completion of the program of research and
   development, or upon the expiration of the developmental authorization under
   which such program was permitted, or at such times during the term of the
   station authorization as the FCC may deem necessary to evaluate the progress
   of the developmental program, the licensee shall submit a comprehensive
   report, containing:

   (1) A description of the progress of the program and a detailed analysis of
   any result obtained;

   (2) Copies of any publications produced by the program;

   (3) A listing of any patents applied for, including copies of any patents
   issued;

   (4) Copies of any marketing surveys or other measures of potential public
   demand for the new service;

   (5) A description of the carrier's experiences with operational aspects of
   the program including—

   (i) The duration of transmissions on each channel or frequency range and the
   technical parameters of such transmissions; and,

   (ii) Any interference complaints received as a result of operation and how
   these complaints were investigated and resolved.

   (g) Confidentiality. Normally, applications and developmental reports are a
   part of the FCC's public records. However, an applicant or licensee may
   request that the FCC withhold from public records specific exhibits, reports
   and other material associated with a developmental authorization.

   (h) Renewal. Expiring developmental authorizations issued pursuant to this
   section may be renewed if the carrier—

   (1) Shows that further progress in the program of research and development
   requires additional time to operate under developmental authorization;

   (2)  Complied with the reporting requirements of paragraph (f) of this
   section; and,

   (3)  Immediately  resolved to the FCC's satisfaction all complaints of
   interference caused by the station operating under developmental authority.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  61 FR 54099 , Oct. 17, 1996]

§ 22.413   Developmental authorization of 72–76 MHz fixed transmitters.

   top

   Because of the potential for interference with the reception by broadcast
   television sets and video recorders of full service TV stations transmitting
   on TV Channels 4 and 5, 72–76 MHz channels are assigned for use within 16
   kilometers  (10  miles)  of the antenna of any full service TV station
   transmitting on TV Channel 4 or 5 only under developmental authorizations
   subject to the requirements of this section, except as provided in paragraph
   (b) of this section.

   (a) Carrier responsibility. Carriers so authorized shall operate the 72–76
   MHz fixed station under developmental authority for a period of at least six
   months. During the developmental period, carriers must resolve any broadcast
   television receiver interference problems that may occur as a result of
   operation of the 72–76 MHz transmitter(s).

   (b) Exceptions. The FCC may grant a regular authorization in the Paging and
   Radiotelephone Service for a 72–76 MHz fixed station under the following
   circumstances:

   (1) After six months of operation under developmental authorization, and
   provided that broadcast TV interference complaints have been resolved by the
   carrier  in a satisfactory manner. Licensees that hold a developmental
   authorization for a 72–76 MHz fixed station and wish to request a regular
   authorization must file an application using FCC Form 601 via the ULS prior
   to the expiration of the developmental authorization.

   (2) In the case of the assignment of or a transfer of control of a regular
   authorization of a 72–76 MHz fixed station in the Paging and Radiotelephone
   Service, the FCC may grant such assignment or consent to such transfer of
   control provided that the station has been in continuous operation providing
   service with no substantial interruptions.

   (3) If a proposed 72–76 MHz fixed transmitter antenna is to be located
   within 50 meters (164 feet) of the antenna of the full service TV station
   transmitting on TV Channel 4 or 5, the FCC may grant a regular authorization
   instead of a developmental authorization.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994;  63 FR 68944 , Dec. 14, 1998]

Subpart E—Paging and Radiotelephone Service

   top

§ 22.501   Scope.

   top

   The rules in this subpart govern the licensing and operation of public
   mobile paging and radiotelephone stations. The licensing and operation of
   these stations are also subject to rules elsewhere in this part that apply
   generally to the Public Mobile Services. However, in case of conflict, the
   rules in this subpart govern.

§ 22.503   Paging geographic area authorizations.

   top

   The  FCC  considers applications for and issues paging geographic area
   authorizations in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service in accordance with
   the  rules  in this section. Each paging geographic area authorization
   contains conditions requiring compliance with paragraphs (h) and (i) of this
   section.

   (a) Channels. The FCC may issue a paging geographic area authorization for
   any channel listed in §22.531 of this part or for any channel pair listed in
   §22.561 of this part.

   (b) Paging geographic areas. The paging geographic areas are as follows:

   (1) The Nationwide paging geographic area comprises the District of Columbia
   and all States, Territories and possessions of the United States of America.

   (2) Major Economic Areas (MEAs) and Economic Areas (EAs) are defined below.
   EAs are defined by the Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis.
   See Final Redefinition of the MEA Economic Areas,  60 FR 13114  (March 10,
   1995). MEAs are based on EAs. In addition to the Department of Commerce's
   172 EAs, the FCC shall separately license Guam and the Northern Mariana
   Islands, Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands, and American
   Samoa,  which  have  been  assigned  FCC-created  EA  numbers 173–175,
   respectively, and MEA numbers 49–51, respectively.

   (3) The 51 MEAs are composed of one or more EAs as defined in the following
   table:
                      MEAs                                  EAs
   1 (Boston)                                  1–3.
   2 (New York City)                           4–7, 10.
   3 (Buffalo)                                 8.
   4 (Philadelphia)                            11–12.
   5 (Washington)                              13–14.
   6 (Richmond)                                15–17, 20.
   7 (Charlotte-Greensboro-Greenville-Raleigh) 18–19, 21–26, 41–42, 46.
   8 (Atlanta)                                 27–28, 37–40, 43.
   9 (Jacksonville)                            29, 35.
   10 (Tampa-St. Petersburg-Orlando)           30, 33–34.
   11 (Miami)                                  31–32.
   12 (Pittsburgh)                             9, 52–53.
   13 (Cincinnati-Dayton)                      48–50.
   14 (Columbus)                               51.
   15 (Cleveland)                              54–55.
   16 (Detroit)                                56–58, 61–62.
   17 (Milwaukee)                              59–60, 63, 104–105, 108.
   18 (Chicago)                                64–66, 68, 97, 101.
   19 (Indianapolis)                           67.
   20 (Minneapolis-St. Paul)                   106–107, 109–114, 116.
   21 (Des Moines-Quad Cities)                 100, 102–103, 117.
   22 (Knoxville)                              44–45.
   23 (Louisville-Lexington-Evansville)        47, 69–70, 72.
   24 (Birmingham)                             36, 74, 78–79.
   25 (Nashville)                              71.
   26 (Memphis-Jackson)                        73, 75–77.
   27 (New Orleans-Baton Rouge)                80–85.
   28 (Little Rock)                            90–92, 95.
   29 (Kansas City)                            93, 99, 123.
   30 (St. Louis)                              94, 96, 98.
   31 (Houston)                                86–87, 131.
   32 (Dallas-Fort Worth)                      88–89, 127–130, 135, 137–138.
   33 (Denver)                                 115, 140–143.
   34 (Omaha)                                  118–121.
   35 (Wichita)                                122.
   36 (Tulsa)                                  124.
   37 (Oklahoma City)                          125–126.
   38 (San Antonio)                            132–134.
   39 (El Paso-Albuquerque)                    136, 139, 155–157.
   40 (Phoenix)                                154, 158–159.
   41 (Spokane-Billings)                       144–147, 168.
   42 (Salt Lake City)                         148–150, 152.
   43 (San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose)         151, 162–165.
   44 (Los Angeles-San Diego)                  153, 160–161.
   45 (Portland)                               166–167.
   46 (Seattle)                                169–170.
   47 (Alaska)                                 171.
   48 (Hawaii)                                 172.
   49 (Guam and the Northern Mariana Islands)  173.
   50 (Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands)    174.
   51 (American Samoa)                         175.

   (c) Availability. The FCC may determine whether to issue a paging geographic
   area authorization for any specific channel or channel pair in any specific
   paging  geographic  area.  The  FCC may replace existing site specific
   authorizations for facilities on a channel or channel pair located in a
   paging geographic area with a paging geographic area authorization for that
   channel or channel pair, if in its sole discretion, the FCC determines that
   the public interest would be served by such replacement.

   (d) Filing windows. The FCC accepts applications for paging geographic area
   authorizations only during filing windows. The FCC issues Public Notices
   announcing in advance the dates of the filing windows, and the specific
   paging geographic areas and channels for which applications may be accepted.

   (e)  One grant per geographic area. The FCC may grant one and only one
   application for a paging geographic area authorization for any specific
   channel or channel pair in any specific paging geographic area defined in
   paragraph (b) of this section. Selection from among mutually exclusive
   applications for a paging geographic area authorization will be made in
   accordance with the procedures in §§22.131 and 22.200 through 22.299. If
   after the selection process but prior to filing a “long form” application, a
   successful bidder decides to partition the paging geographic area, the FCC
   may require and accept multiple “long form” applications from the consortium
   members.

   (f) Exclusive right to expand. During the term of a paging geographic area
   authorization, the FCC does not accept, from anyone other than the paging
   geographic area licensee, any major application for authorization to operate
   a facility that would serve unserved area within the paging geographic area
   specified in that paging geographic area authorization, on the channel
   specified in that paging geographic area authorization, unless any extension
   of the interfering contour of the proposed facility falls:

   (1) Within the composite interfering contour of another licensee; or,

   (2) Into unserved area and the paging geographic area licensee consents to
   such extension.

   (g)  Subsequent applications not accepted. During the term of a paging
   geographic area authorization, the FCC does not accept any application for
   authorization relating to a facility that is or would be located within the
   paging  geographic  area  specified  in  that  paging  geographic area
   authorization, on the channel specified in that paging geographic area
   authorization, except in the following situations:

   (1) FCC grant of an application authorizing the construction of the facility
   could have a significant environmental effect as defined by §1.1307 of this
   chapter. See §22.115(a)(5).

   (2) Specific international coordination procedures are required, prior to
   assignment of a channel to the facility, pursuant to a treaty or other
   agreement between the United States government and the government of Canada
   or Mexico. See §22.169.

   (3) The paging geographic area licensee or another licensee of a system
   within the paging geographic area applies to assign its authorization or for
   FCC consent to a transfer of control.

   (h) Adjacent geographic area coordination required. Before constructing a
   facility for which the interfering contour (as defined in §22.537 or §22.567
   of this part, as appropriate for the channel involved) would extend into
   another paging geographic area, a paging geographic area licensee must
   obtain  the  consent of the relevant co-channel paging geographic area
   licensee, if any, into whose area the interfering contour would extend.
   Licensees are expected to cooperate fully and in good faith attempt to
   resolve potential interference problems before bringing matters to the FCC.
   In the event that there is no co-channel paging geographic area licensee
   from whom to obtain consent in the area into which the interfering contour
   would extend, the facility may be constructed and operated subject to the
   condition that, at such time as the FCC issues a paging geographic area
   authorization for that adjacent geographic area, either consent must be
   obtained or the facility modified or eliminated such that the interfering
   contour no longer extends into the adjacent geographic area.

   (i) Protection of existing service. All facilities constructed and operated
   pursuant to a paging geographic area authorization must provide co-channel
   interference  protection  in  accordance  with  §22.537 or §22.567, as
   appropriate  for  the  channel  involved, to all authorized co-channel
   facilities  of  exclusive licensees within the paging geographic area.
   Non-exclusive licensees on the thirty-five exclusive 929 MHz channels are
   not entitled to exclusive status, and will continue to operate under the
   sharing arrangements established with the exclusive licensees and other
   non-exclusive licensees that were in effect prior to February 19, 1997. MEA,
   EA, and nationwide geographic area licensees have the right to share with
   non-exclusive licensees on the thirty-five exclusive 929 MHz channels on a
   non-interfering basis.

   (j) Site location restriction. The transmitting antenna of each facility
   constructed and operated pursuant to a paging geographic area authorization
   must  be  located  within  the paging geographic area specified in the
   authorization.

   (k) Coverage requirements. Failure by an MEA or EA licensee to meet either
   the coverage requirements in paragraphs (k)(1) and (k)(2) of this section,
   or alternatively, the substantial service requirement in paragraph (k)(3) of
   this section, will result in automatic termination of authorizations for
   those facilities that were not authorized, constructed, and operating at the
   time the geographic area authorization was granted. MEA and EA licensees
   have  the  burden  of  showing  when their facilities were authorized,
   constructed, and operating, and should retain necessary records of these
   sites until coverage requirements are fulfilled. For the purpose of this
   paragraph, to “cover” area means to include geographic area within the
   composite of the service contour(s) determined by the methods of §§22.537 or
   22.567 as appropriate for the particular channel involved. Licensees may
   determine the population of geographic areas included within their service
   contours using either the 1990 census or the 2000 census, but not both.

   (1)  No later than three years after the initial grant of an MEA or EA
   geographic area authorization, the licensee must construct or otherwise
   acquire  and  operate  sufficient facilities to cover one third of the
   population in the paging geographic area. The licensee must notify the FCC
   at the end of the three-year period pursuant to §1.946 of this chapter,
   either that it has satisfied this requirement or that it plans to satisfy
   the alternative requirement to provide substantial service in accordance
   with paragraph (k)(3) of this section.

   (2)  No  later than five years after the initial grant of an MEA or EA
   geographic area authorization, the licensee must construct or otherwise
   acquire  and  operate sufficient facilities to cover two thirds of the
   population in the paging geographic area. The licensee must notify the FCC
   at the end of the five year period pursuant to §1.946 of this chapter,
   either that it has satisfied this requirement or that it has satisfied the
   alternative requirement to provide substantial service in accordance with
   paragraph (k)(3) of this section.

   (3) As an alternative to the coverage requirements of paragraphs (k)(1) and
   (k)(2) of this section, the paging geographic area licensee may demonstrate
   that,  no  later than five years after the initial grant of its paging
   geographic area authorization, it provides substantial service to the paging
   geographic  area.  “Substantial  service” means service that is sound,
   favorable, and substantially above a level of mediocre service that would
   barely warrant renewal.

   [ 62 FR 11633 , Mar. 12, 1997, as amended at  63 FR 68945 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 33782 , June 24, 1999]

§ 22.507   Number of transmitters per station.

   top

   This section concerns the number of transmitters licensed under each station
   authorization in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service, other than paging
   geographic area authorizations.

   (a) Operationally related transmitters. Each station must have at least one
   transmitter. There is no limit to the number of transmitters that a station
   may comprise. However, transmitters within a station should be operationally
   related  and/or  should  serve  the  same  general  geographical area.
   Operationally related transmitters are those that operate together as a
   system  (  e.g.  ,  trunked  systems,  simulcast systems), rather than
   independently.

   (b) Split of large systems. The FCC may split wide-area systems into two or
   more stations for administrative convenience. Except for nationwide paging
   and other operationally related transmitters, transmitters that are widely
   separated geographically are not licensed under a single authorization.

   (c)  Consolidation  of  separate  stations.  The  FCC  may consolidate
   site-specific contiguous authorizations upon request (FCC Form 601) of the
   licensee,  if  appropriate under paragraph (a) of this section. Paging
   licensees may include remote, stand-alone transmitters under the single
   system-wide authorization, if the remote, stand-alone transmitter is linked
   to the system via a control/repeater facility or by satellite. Including a
   remote, stand-alone transmitter in a system-wide authorization does not
   alter the limitations provided under §22.503(f) on entities other than the
   paging geographic area licensee. In the alternative, paging licensees may
   maintain separate site-specific authorizations for stand-alone or remote
   transmitters. The earliest expiration date of the authorizations that make
   up the single system-wide authorization will determine the expiration date
   for  the system-wide authorization. Licensees must file timely renewal
   applications  for  site-specific  authorizations  included in a single
   system-wide authorization request until the request is approved. Renewal of
   the system-wide authorization will be subject to §1.949 of this chapter.

   (d) Replacement of site-by-site authorizations with single authorization.
   After a paging geographic area authorization for a channel has been issued,
   the FCC may, on its own motion, replace the authorization(s) of any other
   licensee (for facilities located within that paging geographic area on that
   channel) with a single replacement authorization.

   [ 62 FR 11634 , Mar. 12, 1997, as amended at  63 FR 68945 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 33784 , June 24, 1999]

§ 22.509   Procedures for mutually exclusive applications in the Paging and
Radiotelephone Service.

   top

   Mutually exclusive applications in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service,
   including those that are mutually exclusive with applications in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service, are processed in accordance with §22.131 and with
   this section.

   (a) Applications in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service may be mutually
   exclusive with applications in the Rural Radiotelephone Service if they seek
   authorization to operate facilities on the same channel in the same area, or
   the technical proposals are otherwise in conflict. See §22.567.

   (b) A modification application in either service filed on the earliest
   filing date may cause all later-filed mutually exclusive applications of any
   type in either service to be “cut off” (excluded from a same-day filing
   group) and dismissed, pursuant to §22.131(c)(3)(ii) and §22.131(c)(4).

   [ 59 FR 59956 , Nov. 21, 1994; as amended at  61 FR 54099 , Oct. 17, 1996;  64 FR 33784 , June 24, 1999]

§ 22.511   Construction period for the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.

   top

   The  construction period for stations in the Paging and Radiotelephone
   Service is one year.

§ 22.513   Partitioning and disaggregation.

   top

   MEA and EA licensees may apply to partition their authorized geographic
   service area or disaggregate their authorized spectrum at any time following
   grant of their geographic area authorizations. Nationwide geographic area
   licensees may apply to partition their authorized geographic service area or
   disaggregate their authorized spectrum at any time as of August 23, 1999.

   (a) Application required. Parties seeking approval for partitioning and/or
   disaggregation shall apply for partial assignment of a license pursuant to
   §1.948 of this chapter.

   (b) Partitioning. In the case of partitioning, requests for authorization
   for  partial  assignment  of a license must include, as attachments, a
   description  of  the partitioned service area and a calculation of the
   population of the partitioned service area and the authorized geographic
   service area. The partitioned service area shall be defined by 120 sets of
   geographic coordinates at points at every 3 degrees azimuth from a point
   within the partitioned service area along the partitioned service area
   boundary unless either an FCC-recognized service area is used (e.g., MEA or
   EA) or county lines are followed. The geographical coordinates must be
   specified in degrees, minutes, and seconds to the nearest second latitude
   and longitude, and must be based upon the 1983 North American Datum (NAD83).
   In the case where FCC-recognized service areas or county lines are used,
   applicants  need  only  list  the  specific area(s) through use of FCC
   designations or county names that constitute the partitioned area.

   (c) Disaggregation. Spectrum may be disaggregated in any amount.

   (d)  Combined partitioning and disaggregation. Licensees may apply for
   partial  assignment  of  authorizations  that  propose combinations of
   partitioning and disaggregation.

   (e) License term. The license term for a partitioned license area and for
   disaggregated spectrum shall be the remainder of the original licensee's
   license term as provided for in §1.955 of this chapter.

   (f) Coverage requirements for partitioning. (1) Parties to a partitioning
   agreement must satisfy at least one of the following requirements:

   (i) The partitionee must satisfy the applicable coverage requirements set
   forth in §22.503(k)(1), (2) and (3) for the partitioned license area; or

   (ii) The original licensee must meet the coverage requirements set forth in
   §22.503(k)(1), (2) and (3) for the entire geographic area. In this case, the
   partitionee must meet only the requirements for renewal of its authorization
   for the partitioned license area.

   (2) Parties seeking authority to partition must submit with their partial
   assignment application a certification signed by both parties stating which
   of the above options they select.

   (3) Partitionees must submit supporting documents showing compliance with
   their coverage requirements as set forth in §22.503(k)(1), (2) and (3).

   (4) Failure by any partitionee to meet its coverage requirements will result
   in automatic cancellation of the partitioned authorization without further
   Commission action.

   (g)  Coverage  requirements  for  disaggregation.  (1)  Parties  to  a
   disaggregation  agreement  must  satisfy at least one of the following
   requirements:

   (i) Either the disaggregator or disaggregatee must satisfy the coverage
   requirements set forth in §22.503 (k)(1), (2) and (3) for the entire license
   area; or

   (ii) Parties must agree to share responsibility for meeting the coverage
   requirements set forth in §22.503 (k)(1), (2) and (3) for the entire license
   area.

   (2) Parties seeking authority to disaggregate must submit with their partial
   assignment application a certification signed by both parties stating which
   of the above requirements they meet.

   (3) Disaggregatees must submit supporting documents showing compliance with
   their coverage requirements as set forth in §22.503 (k)(1), (2) and (3).

   (4) Parties that accept responsibility for meeting the coverage requirements
   and later fail to do so will be subject to automatic license cancellation
   without further Commission action.

   [ 64 FR 33784 , June 24, 1999]

§ 22.515   Permissible communications paths.

   top

   Mobile stations may communicate only with and through base stations. Base
   stations may communicate only with mobile stations and receivers on land or
   surface vessels.

§ 22.527   Signal boosters.

   top

   Licensees may install and operate signal boosters on channels listed in
   §22.531  only  in  accordance with the provisions of §22.165 governing
   additional transmitters for existing systems. Licensees must not allow any
   signal booster that they operate to cause interference to the service or
   operation of any other authorized stations or systems.

   [ 61 FR 31051 , June 19, 1996]

§ 22.529   Application requirements for the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.

   top

   In  addition to information required by subparts B and D of this part,
   applications for authorization in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service
   contain required information as described in the instructions to the form.
   Site coordinates must be referenced to NAD83 and be correct to +-1 second.

   (a) Administrative information. The following information, associated with
   Form 601, is required as indicated. Each application of any type, including
   applications for paging geographic area authorizations, must contain one and
   only one Schedule A.

   (1) The purpose of the filing is required for each application of any type.

   (2) The geographic area designator, channel and geographic area name are
   required  only  for  each  application  for  a  paging geographic area
   authorization.

   (3) The FCC control point number, if any, the location (street address, city
   or town, state), the telephone number and an indication of the desired
   database action are required only for each application proposing to add or
   delete a control point.

   (4) The FCC location number, file number and location (street address, city
   or town, state) of authorized facilities that have not been constructed are
   required  only for each application requesting an extension of time to
   construct those facilities.

   (b) Technical data. The following data, associated with FCC Form 601, are
   required  as indicated for each application. Applications for a paging
   geographic area authorization must not contain Schedule B. Other type of
   applications  may contain as many Schedule Bs as are necessary for the
   intended purpose.

   (1) For each transmitting antenna site to be added, deleted or modified, the
   following are required: an indication of the desired database action, the
   Commission location number, if any, the street address or other description
   of the transmitting antenna site, the city, county and state, the geographic
   coordinates  (latitude  and  longitude),  correct to ±1 second, of the
   transmitting antenna site (NAD83), and in the case of a proposed relocation
   of a transmitting antenna, the Commission location number and geographic
   coordinates, correct to ±1 second, of the transmitting antenna site (NAD83)
   to which the geographic coordinates of the current location are referenced.

   (2) For each transmitting antenna site to be added, deleted or modified, the
   following supplementary information is required: An indication as to whether
   or not the transmitting antenna site is within 200 kilometers (124 miles) of
   the  U.S.-Mexico  border,  and  an indication as to whether or not the
   transmitting antenna site is North of Line A or East of Line C. Line A and
   Line C are defined in §2.1 of this chapter. For each adjacent geographic
   area within 200 kilometers (124 miles) of each transmitting antenna site to
   be added, deleted or modified, the geographic area designator and name, and
   the shortest distance (in kilometers) to the boundary of that geographic
   area.

   (3) The height (in meters) above average terrain of the center of radiation
   of the antenna, the beamwidth of the main lobe of the horizontal radiation
   pattern of the electric field of the antenna, the height (in meters) to the
   tip of the antenna above ground level, a polar plot of the horizontal gain
   pattern  of  the antenna, the antenna gain in the maximum lobe and the
   electric  field  polarization  of the wave emitted by the antenna when
   installed as proposed.

   (i)  The  center  frequency  of the requested channel, the transmitter
   classification  (e.g.  base,  fixed  mobile),  the  designator for any
   non-standard emission type to be used, including bandwidth and modulation
   type, and the maximum effective radiated power.

   (ii) For each of the eight cardinal radials, the antenna height above the
   average elevation along the radial, and the effective radiated power of each
   transmitter in the direction of the radial.

   (iii) For each transmitter proposed to transmit on a channel reserved for
   point-to-multipoint operation involving transmission to four or more points
   of communications (i.e. base transmitters), the following is required for
   each point of communication: an indication of the desired database action,
   the  location  (city or town, state), and the geographical coordinates
   (latitude and longitude, NAD 83).

   (c) Upon request by an applicant, licensee, or the Commission, a part 22
   applicant or licensee of whom the request is made shall furnish the antenna
   type, model, and the name of the antenna manufacturer to the requesting
   party within ten (10) days of receiving written notification.

   [ 62 FR 11635 , Mar. 12, 1997, as amended at  63 FR 68945 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 53240 , Oct. 1, 1999]

Paging Operation

   top

§ 22.531   Channels for paging operation.

   top

   The following channels are allocated for assignment to base transmitters
   that provide paging service, either individually or collectively under a
   paging  geographic area authorization. Unless otherwise indicated, all
   channels have a bandwidth of 20 kHz and are designated by their center
   frequencies in MegaHertz.
            Low VHF Channels
   35.20    35.46    43.20    43.46
   35.22    35.50    43.22    43.50
   35.24    35.54    43.24    43.54
   35.26    35.56    43.26    43.56
   35.30    35.58    43.30    43.58
   35.34    35.60    43.34    43.60
   35.38    35.62    43.38    43.62
   35.42    35.66    43.42    43.66
           High VHF Channels
   152.24   152.84   158.10   158.70
              UHF Channels
   931.0125 931.2625 931.5125 931.7625
   931.0375 931.2875 931.5375 931.7875
   931.0625 931.3125 931.5625 931.8125
   931.0875 931.3375 931.5875 931.8375
   931.1125 931.3625 931.6125 931.8625
   931.1375 931.3875 931.6375 931.8875
   931.1625 931.4125 931.6625 931.9125
   931.1875 931.4375 931.6875 931.9375
   931.2125 931.4625 931.7125 931.9625
   931.2375 931.4875 931.7375 931.9875

   (a)–(b) [Reserved]

   (c) Upon application using FCC Form 601, common carriers may be authorized
   to provide one-way paging service using the leased subcarrier facilities of
   broadcast stations licensed under part 73 of this chapter.

   (d) Occasionally in case law and other formal and informal documents, the
   low VHF channels have been referred to as “lowband” channels, and the high
   VHF channels have been referred to as “guardband” channels.

   (e) Pursuant to the U.S.-Canada Interim Coordination Considerations for
   929–932 MHz, as amended, only the following UHF channels may be assigned in
   the continental United States North of Line A or in the State of Alaska East
   of Line C, within the indicated longitudes:

   (1) From longitude W.73° to longitude W.75° and from longitude W.78° to
   longitude W.81°:
   931.0125 931.1125 931.1875 931.2625
   931.0375 931.1375 931.2125 931.8625
   931.0625 931.1625 931.2375

   (2) From longitude W.81° to longitude W.85°:
   931.0125 931.2125 931.3875 931.5875
   931.0375 931.2375 931.4125 931.6125
   931.0625 931.2625 931.4625 931.6375
   931.1125 931.2875 931.4875 931.8625
   931.1375 931.3125 931.5125
   931.1625 931.3375 931.5375
   931.1875 931.3625 931.5625

   (3) Longitudes other than specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this
   section:
   931.0125 931.1625 931.2875 931.4125
   931.0375 931.1875 931.3125 931.4625
   931.0625 931.2125 931.3375 931.8625
   931.1125 931.2375 931.3625
   931.1375 931.2625 931.3875

   (4) At any longitude, with authorization condition requiring coordinated,
   shared use and equal access by licensees in both countries:
   931.4375 931.8875 931.9125 931.9375

   (f) For the purpose of issuing paging geographic authorizations, the paging
   geographic  areas  used  for UHF channels are the MEAs, and the paging
   geographic areas used for the low and high VHF channels are the EAs (see
   §22.503(b)).

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994;  62 FR 11635 , Mar. 12, 1997;  63 FR 68945 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 33784 , June 24,
   1999;  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.535   Effective radiated power limits.

   top

   The effective radiated power (ERP) of transmitters operating on the channels
   listed in §22.531 must not exceed the limits in this section.

   (a) Maximum ERP. The ERP must not exceed the applicable limits in this
   paragraph under any circumstances.
   Frequency range (MHz) Maximum ERP (Watts)
   35–36                                 600
   43–44                                 500
   152–159                              1400
   931–932                              3500

   (b) Basic power limit. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section,
   the ERP of transmitters on the VHF channels must not exceed 500 Watts.

   (c) Height-power limit. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section,
   the ERP of transmitters on the VHF channels must not exceed the amount that
   would  result  in  an  average distance to the service contour of 32.2
   kilometers  (20 miles). The average distance to the service contour is
   calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the distances determined using
   the  procedures  specified  in  §22.537  for the eight cardinal radial
   directions, excluding cardinal radial directions for which 90% or more of
   the distance so calculated is over water.

   (d) Encompassed interfering contour areas. Transmitters are exempt from the
   basic power and height-power limits of this section if the area within their
   interfering contours is totally encompassed by the interfering contours of
   operating co-channel base transmitters controlled by the same licensee. For
   the  purpose  of this paragraph, operating transmitters are authorized
   transmitters that are providing service to subscribers.

   (e) Adjacent channel protection. The ERP of transmitters must not exceed 500
   Watts if they:

   (1) Transmit on a channel in the 152–159 MHz frequency range and are located
   less than 5 kilometers (3.1 miles) from any station licensed in the Private
   Radio Services that receives on an adjacent channel; or,

   (2) Transmit on channel 158.10 or 158.70 MHz and are located less than 5
   kilometers  (3.1 miles) from any station licensed in the Public Mobile
   Services that receives on either of the following adjacent channels: 158.07
   MHz or 158.67 MHz.

   (f) Signal boosters. The effective radiated power of signal boosters must
   not exceed 5 watts ERP under any normal operating condition.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  61 FR 31051 , June 19, 1996]

§ 22.537   Technical channel assignment criteria.

   top

   The rules in this section establish technical assignment criteria for the
   channels listed in §22.531. These criteria permit channel assignments to be
   made in a manner such that reception by public paging receivers of signals
   from base transmitters, within the service area of such base transmitters,
   is  protected from interference caused by the operation of independent
   co-channel base transmitters.

   (a) Contour overlap. The FCC may grant an application requesting assignment
   of a channel to a proposed base transmitter only if:

   (1) The interfering contour of the proposed transmitter does not overlap the
   service contour of any protected co-channel transmitter controlled by a
   carrier other than the applicant, unless that carrier has agreed in writing
   to accept any interference that may result from operation of the proposed
   transmitter; and,

   (2) The service contour of the proposed transmitter does not overlap the
   interfering contour of any protected co-channel transmitter controlled by a
   carrier other than the applicant, unless the applicant agrees to accept any
   interference that may result from operation of the protected co-channel
   transmitter; and,

   (3) The area and/or population to which service would be provided by the
   proposed transmitter is substantial, and service gained would exceed that
   lost as a result of agreements to accept interference.

   (b) Protected transmitter. For the purposes of this section, protected
   transmitters are authorized transmitters for which there is a current FCC
   public record and transmitters proposed in prior-filed pending applications.

   (c)  VHF  service contour. For paging stations transmitting on the VHF
   channels, the distance from the transmitting antenna to the service contour
   along each cardinal radial is calculated as follows:

   d=1.243×h^0.40 ×p^0.20

   where d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (1) Whenever the actual HAAT is less than 30 meters (98 feet), 30 must be
   used as the value for h in the above formula.

   (2) The value used for p in the above formula must not be less than 27 dB
   less than the maximum ERP in any direction or 0.1 Watt, whichever is more.

   (3) The distance from the transmitting antenna to the service contour along
   any radial other than the eight cardinal radials is routinely calculated by
   linear  interpolation  of distance as a function of angle. However, in
   resolving petitions to deny, the FCC may calculate the distance to the
   service contour using the formula in paragraph (c) of this section with
   actual HAAT and ERP data for the inter-station radial and additional radials
   above and below the inter-station radial at 2.5° intervals.

   (d) VHF interfering contour. For paging stations transmitting on the VHF
   channels, the distance from the transmitting antenna to the interfering
   contour along each cardinal radial is calculated as follows:

   d=6.509×h^0.28 ×p^0.17

   where d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (1) Whenever the actual HAAT is less than 30 meters (98 feet), 30 must be
   used as the value for h in the above formula.

   (2) The value used for p in the above formula must not be less than 27 dB
   less than the maximum ERP in any direction or 0.1 Watt, whichever is more.

   (3) The distance from the transmitting antenna to the interfering contour
   along  any  radial  other than the eight cardinal radials is routinely
   calculated by linear interpolation of distance as a function of angle. In
   resolving petitions to deny, however, the FCC may calculate the distance to
   the interfering contour using the formula in paragraph (d) of this section
   with actual HAAT and ERP data for the inter-station radial and additional
   radials above and below the inter-station radial at 2.5° intervals.

   (e) 931 MHz service contour. For paging stations transmitting on the 931 MHz
   channels, the service contour is a circle, centered on the transmitting
   antenna, with a radius determined from Table E–1 of this section.

   Table E—1–931 MHz Paging Service Radii
   Service radius km (miles) Effective radiated power (Watts)
   Antenna  HAAT  meters  (feet) 0–125 126–250 251–500 501–1000 1001–1860
   1861–3500
   0–177 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20)
   (0–581)
   178–305 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 37.0 (23) 41.8 (26)
   (582–1001)
   306–427 32.2 (20) 32.2 (20) 37.0 (23) 41.8 (26) 56.3 (35) 56.3 (35)
   (1002–1401)
   428–610 32.2 (20) 37.0 (23) 41.8 (26) 56.3 (35) 56.3 (35) 56.3 (35)
   (1402–2001)
   611–861 37.0 (23) 41.8 (26) 41.8 (26) 56.3 (35) 83.7 (52) 83.7 (52)
   (2002–2825)
   862–1219 41.8 (26) 56.3 (35) 56.3 (35) 83.7 (52) 83.7 (52) 83.7 (52)
   (2826–3999)
   1220+ 56.3 (35) 56.3 (35) 83.7 (52) 83.7 (52) 83.7 (52) 83.7 (52)
   (4000+)

   (f) 931 MHz interfering contour. For paging stations transmitting on the 931
   MHz  channels,  the  interfering  contour is a circle, centered on the
   transmitting  antenna, with a radius determined from Table E–2 of this
   section.

   Table E—2–931 MHz Paging Interfering Radii
   Interfering radius km (miles) Effective radiated power (Watts)
   Antenna  HAAT  meters  (feet) 0–125 126–250 251–500 501–1000 1001–1860
   1861–3500
   0–177 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50)
   (0–581)
   178–305 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 88.5 (55) 96.6 (60)
   (582–1001)
   306–427 80.5 (50) 80.5 (50) 88.5 (55) 96.6 (60) 130.4 (81) 130.4 (81)
   (1002–1401)
   428–610 80.5 (50) 88.5 (55) 96.6 (60) 130.4 (81) 130.4 (81) 130.4 (81)
   (1402–2001)
   611–861 88.5 (55) 96.6 (60) 96.6 (60) 130.4 (81) 191.5 (119) 191.5 (119)
   (2002–2825)
   862–1219 96.6 (60) 130.4 (81) 130.4 (81) 191.5 (119) 191.5 (119) 191.5 (119)
   (2826–3999)
   1220+
   (4000+) 130.4 (81) 130.4 (81) 191.5 (119) 191.5 (119) 191.5 (119) 191.5
   (119)

   (g) In-building radiation systems . The locations of in-building radiation
   systems must be within the service contour(s) of the licensee's authorized
   transmitter(s) on the same channel. In-building radiation systems are not
   protected facilities, and therefore do not have service or interfering
   contours.

   (h) Signal boosters on 931 MHz channels. For the purpose of compliance with
   §22.165 and notwithstanding paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, signal
   boosters  operating  on  the 931 MHz channels with an antenna HAAT not
   exceeding 30 meters (98 feet) are deemed to have as a service contour a
   circle with a radius of 1.0 kilometer (0.6 mile) and as an interfering
   contour a circle with a radius of 10 kilometers (6.2 miles).

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  61 FR 31051 , June 19, 1996]

§ 22.559   Paging application requirements.

   top

   In  addition  to information required by subparts B and D and §22.529,
   applications  for authorization to operate a paging transmitter on the
   channels listed in §22.531, other than applications for a paging geographic
   area authorization, must contain the applicable supplementary information
   described in this section.

   (a)  Interference exhibit. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this
   section, an exhibit demonstrating compliance with §22.537 with regard to
   protected transmitters is required for applications to operate a transmitter
   on the VHF channels. This exhibit must:

   (1) Identify each protected transmitter located within 109 kilometers (68
   miles) of the proposed transmitter in directions in which the distance to
   the interfering contour is 76.5 kilometers (47.5 miles) or less, and within
   178 kilometers (111 miles) of the proposed transmitter in directions in
   which the distance to the interfering contour exceeds 76.5 kilometers (47.5
   miles).

   (2) For each protected transmitter identified, show the results of distance
   calculations  indicating that there would be no overlap of service and
   interfering contours, or alternatively, indicate that the licensee of or
   applicant for the protected transmitter and/or the applicant, as required,
   have agreed in writing to accept any interference resulting from operation
   of the proposed transmitter.

   (b) Encompassment exhibit. An exhibit showing that the area within the
   interfering contour of the proposed transmitter would be totally encompassed
   by interfering contours of operating co-channel base transmitters controlled
   by the applicant is required for applications to operate a transmitter with
   ERP exceeding the basic power and height-power limits of §22.535. For VHF
   transmitters, this encompassment exhibit may substitute for the interference
   exhibit required in paragraph (a) of this section.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  62 FR 11636 , Mar. 12, 1997]

One-way or Two-way Mobile Operation

   top

§ 22.561   Channels for one-way or two-way mobile operation.

   top

   The following channels are allocated for paired assignment to transmitters
   that provide (or support other transmitters that provide) one-way or two-way
   public land mobile service, either individually or collectively under a
   paging geographic area authorization. The paging geographic areas used for
   these channels are the EAs ( see §22.503(b)(3)). These channels may be
   assigned for use by mobile or base transmitters as indicated, and or by
   fixed   transmitters  (including  control,  repeater  or  other  fixed
   transmitters). The mobile channels may also be assigned for use by base or
   fixed transmitters under certain circumstances ( see §22.567(h)). Unless
   otherwise  indicated,  all channels have a bandwidth of 20 kHz and are
   designated by their center frequencies in MegaHertz.
    Base   Mobile   Base   Mobile
            VHF Channels
   152.03  158.49  152.57  157.83
   152.06  158.52  152.60  157.86
   152.09  158.55  152.63  157.89
   152.12  158.58  152.66  157.92
   152.15  158.61  152.69  157.95
   152.18  158.64  152.72  157.98
   152.21  158.67  152.75  158.01
   152.51  157.77  152.78  158.04
   152.54  157.80  152.81  158.07
            UHF Channels
   454.025 459.025 454.350 459.350
   454.050 459.050 454.375 459.375
   454.075 459.075 454.400 459.400
   454.100 459.100 454.425 459.425
   454.125 459.125 454.450 459.450
   454.150 459.150 454.475 459.475
   454.175 459.175 454.500 459.500
   454.200 459.200 454.525 459.525
   454.225 459.225 454.550 459.550
   454.250 459.250 454.575 459.575
   454.275 459.275 454.600 459.600
   454.300 459.300 454.625 459.625
   454.325 459.325 454.650 459.650

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  60 FR 9889 , Feb. 22, 1995, as amended at  62 FR 11636 , Mar. 12, 1997]

§ 22.565   Transmitting power limits.

   top

   The transmitting power of base, mobile and fixed transmitters operating on
   the channels listed in §22.561 must not exceed the limits in this section.

   (a)  Maximum ERP. The effective radiated power (ERP) of base and fixed
   transmitters must not exceed the applicable limits in this paragraph under
   any circumstances.
   Frequency range (MHz) Maximum ERP (watts)
   152–153                              1400
   157–159                               150
   454–455                              3500
   459–460                               150

   (b) Basic power limit. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section,
   the ERP of base transmitters must not exceed 500 Watts.

   (c)  Height-power  limits. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this
   section, the ERP of base transmitters must not exceed the amount that would
   result in an average distance to the service contour of 41.6 kilometers (26
   miles) for VHF channels or 30.7 kilometers (19 miles) for UHF channels. The
   average  distance  to  the service contour is calculated by taking the
   arithmetic mean of the distances determined using the procedures specified
   in §22.567 for the eight cardinal radial directions, excluding cardinal
   radial directions for which 90% or more of the distance so calculated is
   over water.

   (d) Encompassed interfering contour areas. Base transmitters are exempt from
   the basic power and height-power limits of this section if the area within
   their  interfering  contours is totally encompassed by the interfering
   contours of operating co-channel based transmitters controlled by the same
   licensee. For the purpose of this paragraph, operating transmitters are
   authorized transmitters that are providing service to subscribers.

   (e) Adjacent channel protection. The ERP of base and fixed transmitters must
   not exceed 500 Watts if they transmit on channel 454.025 MHz and are located
   less than 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) from any Private Radio Services station
   receiving on adjacent channel 454.0000 MHz.

   (f) Mobile transmitters. The transmitter output power of mobile transmitters
   must not exceed 60 watts.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.567   Technical channel assignment criteria.

   top

   The rules in this section establish technical assignment criteria for the
   channels listed in §22.561. The criteria in paragraphs (a) through (f) of
   this section permit channel assignments to be made in a manner such that
   reception by public mobile receivers of signals from base transmitters,
   within  the  service area of such base transmitters, is protected from
   interference caused by the operation of independent co-channel base and
   fixed transmitters in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service and central
   office stations, including Basic Exchange Telephone Radio Systems (BETRS),
   in the Rural Radiotelephone Service. Additional criteria in paragraph (g) of
   this section permit channel assignments to be made in a manner such that
   BETRS communications are protected from interference caused by the operation
   of independent co-channel base and fixed transmitters in the Paging and
   Radiotelephone  Service and other central office stations in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service. Separate criteria in paragraph (h) of this section
   apply only to assignment of the channels designated in §22.561 as mobile
   channels  to  base  and  fixed  transmitters, and permit these channel
   assignments to be made in a manner such that reception by public base and
   fixed receivers of signals from associated mobile and fixed transmitters is
   protected  from  interference  caused  by the operation of independent
   co-channel base and fixed transmitters.

   (a) Contour overlap. The FCC may grant an application requesting assignment
   of a channel to a proposed base, fixed or central office station transmitter
   only if:

   (1) The interfering contour of the proposed transmitter does not overlap the
   service contour of any protected co-channel transmitter controlled by a
   carrier other than the applicant, unless that carrier has agreed in writing
   to accept any interference that may result from operation of the proposed
   transmitter; and

   (2) The service contour of the proposed transmitter does not overlap the
   interfering contour of any protected co-channel transmitter controlled by a
   carrier  other  than  the applicant, unless the application contains a
   statement that the applicant agrees to accept any interference that may
   result from operation of the protected co-channel transmitter; and

   (3) The area and/or population to which service would be provided by the
   proposed transmitter is substantial, and service gained would exceed that
   lost as a result of agreements to accept interference.

   (b) Protected transmitter. For the purposes of this section, protected
   transmitters are authorized transmitters for which there is a current FCC
   public record and transmitters proposed in prior-filed pending applications,
   in  the Paging and Radiotelephone Service and the Rural Radiotelephone
   Service.

   (c) VHF service contour. For base stations transmitting on the VHF channels,
   the radial distance from the transmitting antenna to the service contour
   along each cardinal radial is calculated as follows:

   d=1.609×h^0.40 ×p^0.20

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (1) Whenever the actual HAAT is less than 30 meters (98 feet), 30 must be
   used as the value for h in the above formula.

   (2) The value used for p in the above formula must not be less than 27 dB
   less than the maximum ERP in any direction, or 0.1 Watt, whichever is more.

   (3) The distance from the transmitting antenna to the service contour along
   any radial other than the eight cardinal radials is routinely calculated by
   linear  interpolation  of distance as a function of angle. However, in
   resolving petitions to deny, the FCC may calculate the distance to the
   service contour using the formula in paragraph (c) of this section with
   actual HAAT and ERP data for the inter-station radial and additional radials
   above and below the inter-station radial at 2.5° intervals.

   (d) VHF interfering contour. For base and fixed stations transmitting on the
   VHF channels, the radial distance from the transmitting antenna to the
   interfering contour along each cardinal radial is calculated as follows:

   (1) If the radial antenna HAAT is less than 150 meters:

   d=8.577×h^0.24 ×p^0.19

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   Whenever the actual HAAT is less than 30 meters (98 feet), 30 must be used
   as the value for h in the above formula.

   (2) If the radial antenna HAAT is 150 meters or more:

   d=12.306×h^0.23 ×p^0.14

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (3) The value used for p in the above formulas must not be less than 27 dB
   less than the maximum ERP in any direction, or 0.1 Watt, whichever is more.

   (4) The distance from the transmitting antenna to the interfering contour
   along  any  radial  other than the eight cardinal radials is routinely
   calculated by linear interpolation of distance as a function of angle.
   However, in resolving petitions to deny, the FCC may calculate the distance
   to the interfering contour using the appropriate formula in paragraph (d) of
   this section with actual HAAT and ERP data for the inter-station radial and
   additional  radials  above  and below the inter-station radial at 2.5°
   intervals.

   (e) UHF service contour. For base stations transmitting on the UHF channels,
   the radial distance from the transmitting antenna to the service contour
   along each cardinal radial is calculated as follows:

   d=1.726×h^0.35 ×p^0.18

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (1) Whenever the actual HAAT is less than 30 meters (98 feet), 30 must be
   used as the value for h in the above formula.

   (2) The value used for p in the above formula must not be less than 27 dB
   less than the maximum ERP in any direction, or 0.1 Watt, whichever is more.

   (3) The distance from the transmitting antenna to the service contour along
   any radial other than the eight cardinal radials is routinely calculated by
   linear  interpolation  of distance as a function of angle. However, in
   resolving petitions to deny, the FCC may calculate the distance to the
   service contour using the formula in paragraph (e) of this section with
   actual HAAT and ERP data for the inter-station radial and addition radials
   above and below the below the inter-station radial at 2.5° intervals.

   (f) UHF interfering contour. For base and fixed stations transmitting on the
   UHF channels, the radial distance from the transmitting antenna to the
   interfering contour along each cardinal radial is calculated as follows:

   (1) If the radial antenna HAAT is less than 150 meters:

   d=9.471×h^0.23 ×p^0.15

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   Whenever the actual HAAT is less than 30 meters (98 feet), 30 must be used
   as the value for h in the above formula.

   (2) If the radial antenna HAAT is 150 meters or more:

   d=6.336×h^0.31 ×p^0.15

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (3) The value used for p in the above formula must not be less than 27 dB
   less than the maximum ERP in any direction, or 0.1 Watt, whichever is more.

   (4) The distance from the transmitting antenna to the interfering contour
   along  any  radial  other than the eight cardinal radials is routinely
   calculated by linear interpolation of distance as a function of angle.
   However, in resolving petitions to deny, the FCC may calculate the distance
   to the interfering contour using the appropriate formula in paragraph (f) of
   this section with actual HAAT and ERP data for the inter-station radial and
   additional  radials  above  and below the inter-station radial at 2.5°
   intervals.

   (g) Protection for BETRS. In applying the provisions of paragraph (a) of
   this section, if either or both of the transmitters involved is a BETRS
   central office station, the following contour substitutions must be used:

   (1) The service contour of the BETRS central office station(s) is a circle,
   centered  on  the  central office station antenna, with a radius of 40
   kilometers (25 miles).

   (2) The interfering contour of any station of any type, when determining
   whether it would overlap the service contour of a BETRS central office
   station, is calculated as follows:

   d=36.364×h^0.2 × p^0.1

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   Whenever the actual HAAT is less than 30 meters (98 feet), 30 must be used
   as the value for h in the above formula. The value used for p in the above
   formula  must  not be less than 27 dB less than the maximum ERP in any
   direction, or 0.1 Watt, whichever is more.

   (h) Assignment of mobile channels to base or fixed transmitters. Mobile
   channels may be assigned to base or fixed transmitters if the following
   criteria are met:

   (1) The paired base channel, as designated in §22.561, is assigned to base
   transmitters in the same geographical area operated by the same licensee.

   (2)  The  authorization  is  granted  subject to the condition that no
   interference be caused to fixed receivers in use on or prior to the date of
   the grant.

§ 22.571   Responsibility for mobile stations.

   top

   Mobile stations that are subscribers in good standing to a two-way service
   in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service, when receiving service from that
   station, are considered to be operating under the authorization of that
   station. Licensees are responsible for exercising effective operational
   control over mobile stations receiving service through their stations.
   Mobile stations that are subscribers in good standing to a two-way service
   in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service, while receiving service from a
   different station, are considered to be operating under the authorization of
   such  different  station.  The  licensee  of such different station is
   responsible,  during  such  temporary period, for exercising effective
   operational control over such mobile stations as if they were subscribers to
   it.

§ 22.573   Use of base transmitters as repeaters.

   top

   As an additional function, base transmitters may be used as repeaters.
   Licensees must be able to turn the base transmitter on or off from the
   control point regardless of whether a subscriber-operated transmitter is
   transmitting.

§ 22.575   Use of mobile channel for remote control of station functions.

   top

   Carriers  may  remotely  control  station functions (e.g. shut down or
   reactivate base transmitters, turn aviation obstruction warning lights on or
   off,  etc.) using a control transmitter operating on a mobile channel,
   subject to the conditions in this section and in §22.567(h).

   (a) The control transmitter must be capable of overriding transmissions from
   subscriber-operated  transmitters  if  necessary.  Subscriber-operated
   transmitters  must  not  be  capable  of being used to deliberately or
   accidentally prevent the licensee from controlling the station.

   (b)  The  licensee must implement measures designed to prevent station
   functions from being controlled by persons not authorized by the licensee to
   control the station.

   (c) The control transmitter location must be within the composite service
   contour of the licensee's authorized station on the paired base channel.

§ 22.579   Operation of mobile transmitters across U.S.-Canada border.

   top

   Mobile stations licensed by Canada may receive two-way service while in the
   United States from stations licensed under this part, after authorization
   has been granted by the FCC. Mobile stations that normally operate under the
   authority of base stations licensed under this part may receive two-way
   service while in Canada from stations licensed under this part or by Canada,
   upon authorization by Canada.

§ 22.589   One-way or two-way application requirements.

   top

   In  addition  to information required by subparts B and D and §22.529,
   applications  for authorization to operate a paging transmitter on the
   channels listed in §22.531, other than applications for a paging geographic
   area authorization, must contain the applicable supplementary information
   described in this section.

   (a)  Interference exhibit. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this
   section, an exhibit demonstrating compliance with §22.567 with regard to
   protected transmitters is required. This exhibit must:

   (1) For UHF channels, identify each protected transmitter located within 108
   kilometers (67 miles) of the proposed transmitter in directions in which the
   distance to the interfering contour is 76.4 kilometers (47.5 miles) or less,
   and  within  178 kilometers (111 miles) of the proposed transmitter in
   directions in which the distance to the interfering contour exceeds 76.4
   kilometers  (47.5  miles);  and identify each protected Basic Exchange
   Telephone  Radio  System  central  office  transmitter  in  the  Rural
   Radiotelephone Service within 231 kilometers (144 miles),

   (2) For VHF channels, identify each protected transmitter located within 135
   kilometers (84 miles) of the proposed transmitter in directions in which the
   distance to the interfering contour is 93.3 kilometers (58 miles) or less,
   and  within  178 kilometers (111 miles) of the proposed transmitter in
   directions in which the distance to the interfering contour exceeds 93.3
   kilometers (58 miles).

   (3) For each protected transmitter identified, show the results of distance
   calculations  indicating that there would be no overlap of service and
   interfering contours, or alternatively, indicate that the licensee of or
   applicant for the protected transmitter and/or the applicant, as required,
   have agreed in writing to accept any interference resulting from operation
   of the proposed transmitter.

   (b) Encompassment exhibit. An exhibit showing that the area within the
   interfering contour of the proposed transmitter would be totally encompassed
   by interfering contours of operating co-channel base transmitters controlled
   by the applicant is required for applications to operate a transmitter with
   ERP exceeding the basic power and height-power limits of §22.565. This
   encompassment exhibit may substitute for the interference exhibit required
   in paragraph (a) of this section.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  62 FR 11636 , Mar. 12, 1997]

Point-to-Point Operation

   top

§ 22.591   Channels for point-to-point operation.

   top

   The following channels are allocated for assignment to fixed transmitters
   that support other transmitters that provide public mobile service. Unless
   otherwise  indicated,  all channels have a bandwidth of 20 kHz and are
   designated by their center frequencies in MegaHertz.
          VHF Channels
   72.02 72.36 72.80 75.66
   72.04 72.38 72.82 75.68
   72.06 72.40 72.84 75.70
   72.08 72.42 72.86 75.72
   72.10 72.46 72.88 75.74
   72.12 72.50 72.90 75.76
   72.14 72.54 72.92 75.78
   72.16 72.58 72.94 75.80
   72.18 72.62 72.96 75.82
   72.20 72.64 72.98 75.84
   72.22 72.66 75.42 75.86
   72.24 72.68 75.46 75.88
   72.26 72.70 75.50 75.90
   72.28 72.72 75.54 75.92
   72.30 72.74 75.58 75.94
   72.32 72.76 75.62 75.96
   72.34 72.78 75.64 75.98
   72.10 72.46 72.88 75.74
   72.12 72.50 72.90 75.76
   72.14 72.54 72.92 75.78
   72.16 72.58 72.94 75.80
   72.18 72.62 72.96 75.82
   72.20 72.64 72.98 75.84
   72.22 72.66 75.42 75.86
   72.24 72.68 75.46 75.88
   72.26 72.70 75.50 75.90
   72.28 72.72 75.54 75.92
   72.30 72.74 75.58 75.94
   72.32 72.76 75.62 75.96
   72.34 72.78 75.64 75.98
   UHF Channels—State of Hawaii
   488.250 491.250 489.750 492.750
   488.750 491.750 490.250 493.250
   489.250 492.250 490.750 493.750

   (a) The 72–76 MHz channels may be assigned under developmental authority
   pursuant to the requirements of §22.413. The 72–76 MHz channels may also be
   used in point-to-multipoint configurations. The 72–76 MHz channels are also
   allocated for assignment in the Private Radio Services (see part 90 of this
   chapter).

   (b) [Reserved]

   (c) Channels in the frequency ranges 488.250–490.750 and 491.250493.750 MHz
   may be assigned only to inter-island fixed stations located in the State of
   Hawaii.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  60 FR 9889 , Feb. 22, 1995, as amended at  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.593   Effective radiated power limits.

   top

   The effective radiated power of fixed stations operating on the channels
   listed in §22.591 must not exceed 150 Watts. The equivalent isotropically
   radiated power of existing fixed microwave stations (2110–2130 and 2160–2180
   MHz) licensed under this part (pursuant to former rules) must not exceed the
   applicable limits set forth in §101.113 of this chapter.

   [ 70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.599   Assignment of 72–76 MHz channels.

   top

   Because of the potential for interference to the reception of TV Channels 4
   and 5 by broadcast television sets and video recorders, assignments of the
   72–76 MHz channels are subject to the following conditions:

   (a) Assignments of 72–76 MHz channels for use within 129 kilometers (80
   miles) of a full service TV station transmitting on TV Channel 4 or 5 are
   subject to the condition that the licensee must eliminate any interference
   caused to television reception on TV Channels 4 and 5. If the FCC notifies
   the licensee of an interference problem and the licensee does not resolve
   the  problem  within  90  days  of such notification, operation of the
   interfering 72–76 MHz fixed station must be immediately discontinued.

   (b) 72–76 MHz channels may be assigned for use within 16 kilometers (10
   miles) of a full service TV station transmitting on TV Channel 4 or 5 under
   a developmental authorization, pursuant to §22.413. However, for use within
   50 meters (164 feet) of a TV station transmitting on TV Channel 4 or 5,
   72–76 MHZ channels may be assigned under a regular authorization, rather
   than a developmental authorization.

§ 22.601   Existing microwave stations licensed under this part.

   top

   Existing microwave stations (2110–2130 and 2160–2180 MHz) licensed under
   this part (pursuant to former rules) are subject to the transition rules in
   §22.602. No new microwave systems will be authorized under this part.

   (a) Coordination required. Before filing applications for authority to
   modify existing stations on these channels or major amendments to such
   applications, carriers must coordinate the planned channel usage, using the
   procedure outlined in §22.150, with affected parties in this radio service
   and the Point-to-Point Microwave Service and the Multipoint Distribution
   Service. Affected parties are licensees and other applicants with previously
   filed pending applications whose stations could affect or be affected by the
   proposed modification of the existing station in terms of interference.

   (b) System parameters. In designing a system modification, the applicant
   must  select  sites,  equipment  and  channels that will avoid harmful
   interference to other users. All parties must cooperate fully and make
   reasonable efforts to resolve technical problems and conflicts that may
   inhibit the most effective and efficient use of the radio spectrum; however,
   a  party receiving notification is not obligated to suggest changes or
   re-design  a proposal in cases involving conflicts. The applicant must
   identify in the application all parties with which the technical proposal
   was coordinated. In the event that technical problems are not resolved or if
   an affected party does not respond to coordination efforts within 30 days
   after notification, an explanation must be contained in the application.
   Where technical conflicts are resolved by an agreement between the parties
   that  requires  special procedures to reduce the likelihood of harmful
   interference (such as the use of artificial site shielding), or would result
   in a reduction of quality or capacity of either system, the details thereof
   must be contained in the application.

   (c)  Bandwidth. Applicants must request the minimum emission bandwidth
   necessary. The FCC does not authorize bandwidths larger than 800 kHz under
   this part.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.602   Transition of the 2110–2130 and 2160–2180 MHz channels to emerging
technologies.

   top

   The  2110–2130 and 2160–2180 MHz microwave channels formerly listed in
   §22.591  have  been re-allocated for use by emerging technologies (ET)
   services. No new systems will be authorized under this part. The rules in
   this section provide for a transition period during which existing Paging
   and  Radiotelephone  Service (PARS) licensees using these channels may
   relocate operations to other media or to other fixed channels, including
   those in other microwave bands. For PARS licensees relocating operations to
   other microwave bands, authorization must be obtained under part 101 of this
   chapter.

   (a) Licensees proposing to implement ET services may negotiate with PARS
   licensees authorized to use these channels, for the purpose of agreeing to
   terms under which the PARS licensees would—

   (1) Relocate their operations to other fixed microwave bands or other media,
   or alternatively,

   (2) Accept a sharing arrangement with the ET licensee that may result in an
   otherwise impermissible level of interference to the PARS operations.

   (b) [Reserved]

   (c)  Relocation  of fixed microwave licensees in the 2110–2130 MHz and
   2160–2180  MHz bands will be subject to mandatory negotiations only. A
   separate mandatory negotiation period will commence for each fixed microwave
   licensee  when an ET licensee informs that fixed microwave licensee in
   writing  of its desire to negotiate. Mandatory negotiation periods are
   defined as follows:

   (1) Non-public safety incumbents will have a two-year mandatory negotiation
   period; and

   (2) Public safety incumbents will have a three-year mandatory negotiation
   period.

   (d) The mandatory negotiation period is triggered at the option of the ET
   licensee. Once mandatory negotiations have begun, a PARS licensee may not
   refuse to negotiate and all parties are required to negotiate in good faith.
   Good faith requires each party to provide information to the other that is
   reasonably necessary to facilitate the relocation process. In evaluating
   claims that a party has not negotiated in good faith, the FCC will consider,
   inter alia, the following factors:

   (1) Whether the ET licensee has made a bona fide offer to relocate the PARS
   licensee to comparable facilities in accordance with Section 101.75(b) of
   this chapter;

   (2)  If  the PARS licensee has demanded a premium, the type of premium
   requested ( e.g., whether the premium is directly related to relocation,
   such as system-wide relocations and analog-to-digital conversions, versus
   other types of premiums), and whether the value of the premium as compared
   to the cost of providing comparable facilities is disproportionate ( i.e.,
   whether there is a lack of proportion or relation between the two);

   (3)  What steps the parties have taken to determine the actual cost of
   relocation to comparable facilities;

   (4) Whether either party has withheld information requested by the other
   party that is necessary to estimate relocation costs or to facilitate the
   relocation  process.  Any party alleging a violation of our good faith
   requirement must attach an independent estimate of the relocation costs in
   question to any documentation filed with the Commission in support of its
   claim. An independent cost estimate must include a specification for the
   comparable facility and a statement of the costs associated with providing
   that facility to the incumbent licensee.

   (e) Involuntary period. After the end of the mandatory negotiation period,
   ET  licensees may initiate involuntary relocation procedures under the
   Commission's rules. ET licensees are obligated to pay to relocate only the
   specific  microwave  links to which their systems pose an interference
   problem.  Under involuntary relocation, a PARS licensee is required to
   relocate, provided that:

   (1)  The ET applicant, provider, licensee or representative guarantees
   payment of relocation costs, including all engineering, equipment, site and
   FCC  fees,  as well as any legitimate and prudent transaction expenses
   incurred  by  the  PARS  licensee that are directly attributable to an
   involuntary relocation, subject to a cap of two percent of the hard costs
   involved.  Hard  costs are defined as the actual costs associated with
   providing a replacement system, such as equipment and engineering expenses.
   ET licensees are not required to pay PARS licensees for internal resources
   devoted to the relocation process. ET licensees are not required to pay for
   transaction  costs  incurred by PARS licensees during the voluntary or
   mandatory periods once the involuntary period is initiated or for fees that
   cannot be legitimately tied to the provision of comparable facilities;

   (2) The ET applicant, provider, licensee or representative completes all
   activities necessary for implementing the replacement facilities, including
   engineering and cost analysis of the relocation procedure and, if radio
   facilities  are involved, identifying and obtaining, on the incumbents
   behalf, new channels and frequency coordination; and,

   (3)  The ET applicant, provider, licensee or representative builds the
   replacement system and tests it for comparability with the existing 2 GHz
   system.

   (f) Comparable Facilities. The replacement system provided to an incumbent
   during an involuntary relocation must be at least equivalent to the existing
   PARS system with respect to the following three factors:

   (1) Throughput. Communications throughput is the amount of information
   transferred within a system in a given amount of time. If analog facilities
   are being replaced with analog, the ET licensee is required to provide the
   PARS licensee with an equivalent number of 4 kHz voice channels. If digital
   facilities are being replaced with digital, the ET licensee must provide the
   PARS  licensee  with equivalent data loading bits per second (bps). ET
   licensees must provide PARS licensees with enough throughput to satisfy the
   PARS licensee's system use at the time of relocation, not match the total
   capacity of the PARS system.

   (2) Reliability. System reliability is the degree to which information is
   transferred accurately within a system. ET licensees must provide PARS
   licensees with reliability equal to the overall reliability of their system.
   For digital data systems, reliability is measured by the percent of time the
   bit error rate (BER) exceeds a desired value, and for analog or digital
   voice transmissions, it is measured by the percent of time that audio signal
   quality  meets  an established threshold. If an analog voice system is
   replaced with a digital voice system, only the resulting frequency response,
   harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and its reliability will be
   considered in determining comparable reliability.

   (3) Operating Costs. Operating costs are the cost to operate and maintain
   the  PARS  system. ET licensees must compensate PARS licensees for any
   increased recurring costs associated with the replacement facilities (e.g.
   additional rental payments, increased utility fees) for five years after
   relocation. ET licensees may satisfy this obligation by making a lump-sum
   payment based on present value using current interest rates. Additionally,
   the maintenance costs to the PARS licensee must be equivalent to the 2 GHz
   system in order for the replacement system to be considered comparable.

   (g) The PARS licensee is not required to relocate until the alternative
   facilities are available to it for a reasonable time to make adjustments,
   determine comparability, and ensure a seamless handoff.

   (h) [Reserved]

   (i) After April 25, 1996, all major modifications and extensions to existing
   PARS systems operating on channels in the 2110–2130 and 2160–2180 MHz bands
   will be authorized on a secondary basis to future ET operations. All other
   modifications will render the modified PARS license secondary to future ET
   operations unless the incumbent affirmatively justifies primary status and
   the incumbent PARS licensee establishes that the modification would not add
   to the relocation costs of ET licensees. Incumbent PARS licensees will
   maintain primary status for the following technical changes:

   (1) Decreases in power;

   (2) Minor changes (increases or decreases) in antenna height;

   (3) Minor location changes (up to two seconds);

   (4) Any data correction which does not involve a change in the location of
   an existing facility;

   (5) Reductions in authorized bandwidth;

   (6) Minor changes (increases or decreases) in structure height;

   (7) Changes (increases or decreases) in ground elevation that do not affect
   centerline height;

   (8) Minor equipment changes.

   (j) Sunset. PARS licensees will maintain primary status in the 2110–2130 MHz
   and 2160–2180 MHz bands unless and until an ET licensee requires use of the
   spectrum. ET licensees are not required to pay relocation costs after the
   relocation rules sunset ( i.e. , for the 2110–2130 MHz and 2160–2180 MHz
   bands, ten years after the first ET license is issued in the respective
   band). Once the relocation rules sunset, an ET licensee may require the
   incumbent to cease operations, provided that the ET licensee intends to turn
   on a system within interference range of the incumbent, as determined by TIA
   TSB 10–F or any standard successor. ET licensee notification to the affected
   PARS licensee must be in writing and must provide the incumbent with no less
   than six months to vacate the spectrum. After the six-month notice period
   has  expired,  the  PARS  licensee must turn its license back into the
   Commission, unless the parties have entered into an agreement which allows
   the PARS licensee to continue to operate on a mutually agreed upon basis. If
   the  parties cannot agree on a schedule or an alternative arrangement,
   requests for extension will be accepted and reviewed on a case-by-case
   basis. The Commission will grant such extensions only if the incumbent can
   demonstrate that:

   (1) It cannot relocate within the six-month period ( e.g. , because no
   alternative spectrum or other reasonable option is available), and;

   (2)  The public interest would be harmed if the incumbent is forced to
   terminate operations ( e.g. , if public safety communications services would
   be disrupted).

   (k) Reimbursement and relocation expenses in the 2110–2130 MHz and 2160–2180
   MHz bands. Whenever an ET licensee in the 2110–2130 MHz and 2160–2180 MHz
   band relocates a paired PARS link with one path in the 2110–2130 MHz band
   and  the paired path in the 2160–2180 MHz band, the ET license will be
   entitled to reimbursement pursuant to the procedures described in §§27.1160
   through 27.1174 of this chapter.

   [ 61 FR 29689 , June 12, 1996, as amended at  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005;  71 FR 29834 , May 24, 2006]

§ 22.603   488–494 MHz fixed service in Hawaii.

   top

   Before filing applications for authorization of inter-island control and/or
   repeater stations, applicants must coordinate the planned channel usage with
   existing licensees and other applicants with previously filed applications,
   using the procedure outlined in §22.150. Applicants and licensees shall
   cooperate fully and make reasonable efforts to resolve any channel usage
   conflicts. In situations where technical solutions to such conflicts cannot
   be  devised, the FCC may select a channel or channels to assign or may
   designate the application(s) for hearing. To be acceptable for filing,
   applications and major technical amendments must contain a certification
   that coordination has been completed and an exhibit listing the name(s) of
   the licensees and applicants with which the planned channel usage has been
   coordinated.

Point-to-Multipoint Operation

   top

§ 22.621   Channels for point-to-multipoint operation.

   top

   The following channels are allocated for assignment to transmitters utilized
   within point-to-multipoint systems that support transmitters that provide
   public mobile service. Unless otherwise indicated, all channels have a
   bandwidth  of 20 kHz and are designated by their center frequencies in
   MegaHertz. No new licenses will be issued for any 900 MHz frequencies in
   this section. See part 101, subpart O of this chapter for treatment of
   incumbents and for new licensing procedures. Incumbents under part 22 are
   subject to the restrictions of part 101, subpart O of this chapter but may
   make permissible modifications, transfers, assignments, or renew their
   licenses using procedures, forms, fees, and filing requirements of part 22.
             Public Mobile Pool
             (25 kHz bandwidth)
   928.8625  959.8625  928.9375  959.9375
   928.8875  959.8875  928.9625  959.9625
   928.9125  959.9125  928.9875  959.9875
            (12.5 kHz bandwidth)
   928.85625 959.85625 928.93125 959.93125
   928.86875 959.86875 928.94375 959.94375
   928.88125 959.88125 928.95625 959.95625
   928.89375 959.89375 928.96875 959.96875
   928.90625 959.90625 928.98125 959.98125
   928.91875 959.91875 928.99375 959.99375
     Private Radio General Access Pool
             (25 kHz bandwidth)
   956.2625  956.3125  956.3625  956.4125
   956.2875  956.3375  956.3875  956.4375
   928.0125  952.0125  928.1875  952.1875
   928.0375  952.0375  928.2125  952.2125
   928.0625  952.0625  928.2375  952.2375
   928.0875  952.0875  928.2625  952.2625
   928.1125  952.1125  928.2875  952.2875
   928.1375  952.1375  928.3125  952.3125
   928.1625  952.1625  928.3375  952.3375
            (12.5 kHz bandwidth)
   956.25625 956.30625 956.35625 956.40625
   956.26875 956.31875 956.36875 956.41875
   956.28125 956.33125 956.38125 956.43125
   956.29375 956.34375 956.39375 956.44375
   928.00625 952.00625 928.18125 952.18125
   928.01875 952.01875 928.19375 952.19375
   928.03125 952.03125 928.20625 952.20625
   928.04375 952.04375 928.21875 952.21875
   928.05625 952.05625 928.23125 952.23125
   928.06875 952.06875 928.24375 952.24375
   928.08125 952.08125 928.25625 952.25625
   928.09375 952.09375 928.26875 952.26875
   928.10625 952.10625 928.28125 952.28125
   928.11875 952.11875 928.29375 952.29375
   928.13125 952.13125 928.30625 952.30625
   928.14375 952.14375 928.31875 952.31875
   928.15625 952.15625 928.33125 952.33125
   928.16875 952.16875 928.34375 952.34375
          Private Radio Power Pool
             (25 kHz bandwidth)
   928.3625  952.3625  928.6125  952.6125
   928.3875  952.3875  928.6375  952.6375
   928.4125  952.4125  928.6625  952.6625
   928.4375  952.4375  928.6875  952.6875
   928.4625  952.4625  928.7125  952.7125
   928.4875  952.4875  928.7375  952.7375
   928.5125  952.5125  928.7625  952.7625
   928.5375  952.5375  928.7875  952.7875
   928.5625  952.5625  928.8125  952.8125
   928.5875  952.5875  928.8375  952.8375
            (12.5 kHz bandwidth)
   928.35625 952.35625 928.60625 952.60625
   928.36875 952.36875 928.61875 952.61875
   928.38125 952.38125 928.63125 952.63125
   928.39375 952.39375 928.64375 952.64375
   928.40625 952.40625 928.65625 952.65625
   928.41875 952.41875 928.66875 952.66875
   928.43125 952.43125 928.68125 952.68125
   928.44375 952.44375 928.69375 952.69375
   928.45625 952.45625 928.70625 952.70625
   928.46875 952.46875 928.71875 952.71875
   928.48125 952.48125 928.73125 952.73125
   928.49375 952.49375 928.74375 952.74375
   928.50625 952.50625 928.75625 952.75625
   928.51875 952.51875 928.76875 952.76875
   928.53125 952.53125 928.78125 952.78125
   928.54375 952.54375 928.79375 952.79375
   928.55625 952.55625 928.80625 952.80625
   928.56875 952.56875 928.81875 952.81875
   928.58125 952.58125 928.83125 952.83125
   928.59375 952.59375 928.84375 952.84375
   Public, Private, Government Shared Pool
            (12.5 kHz bandwidth)
   932.00625 941.00625 932.25625 941.25625
   932.01875 941.01875 932.26875 941.26875
   932.03125 941.03125 932.28125 941.28125
   932.04375 941.04375 932.29375 941.29375
   932.05625 941.05625 932.30625 941.30625
   932.06875 941.06875 932.31875 941.31875
   932.08125 941.08125 932.33125 941.33125
   932.09375 941.09375 932.34375 941.34375
   932.10625 941.10625 932.35625 941.35625
   932.11875 941.11875 932.36875 941.36875
   932.13125 941.13125 932.38125 941.38125
   932.14375 941.14375 932.39375 941.39375
   932.15625 941.15625 932.40625 941.40625
   932.16875 941.16875 932.41875 941.41875
   932.18125 941.18125 932.43125 941.43125
   932.19375 941.19375 932.44375 941.44375
   932.20625 941.20625 932.45625 941.45625
   932.21875 941.21875 932.46875 941.46875
   932.23125 941.23125 932.48125 941.48125
   932.24375 941.24375 932.49375 941.49375
   UHF Channels in Specified Urban Areas
                   Boston
   470.0125  473.0125  482.0125  485.0125
   470.0375  473.0375  482.0375  485.0375
   470.0625  473.0625  482.0625  485.0625
   470.0875  473.0875  482.0875  485.0875
   470.1125  473.1125  482.1125  485.1125
   470.1375  473.1375  482.1375  485.1375
   470.1625  473.1625  482.1625  485.1625
   470.1875  473.1875  482.1875  485.1875
   470.2125  473.2125  482.2125  485.2125
   470.2375  473.2375  482.2375  485.2375
   470.2625  473.2625  482.2625  485.2625
   470.2875  473.2875  482.2875  485.2875
             Chicago, Cleveland
   470.0125  473.0125  476.0125  479.0125
   470.0375  473.0375  476.0375  479.0375
   470.0625  473.0625  476.0625  479.0625
   470.0875  473.0875  476.0875  479.0875
   470.1125  473.1125  476.1125  479.1125
   470.1375  473.1375  476.1375  479.1375
   470.1625  473.1625  476.1625  479.1625
   470.1875  473.1875  476.1875  479.1875
   470.2125  473.2125  476.2125  479.2125
   470.2375  473.2375  476.2375  479.2375
   470.2625  473.2625  476.2625  479.2625
   470.2875  473.2875  476.2875  479.2875
      New York-Northeastern New Jersey
   470.0125  470.1625  476.0125  476.1625
   470.0375  470.1875  476.0375  476.1875
   470.0625  470.2125  476.0625  476.2125
   470.0875  470.2375  476.0875  476.2375
   470.1125  470.2625  476.1125  476.2625
   470.1375  470.2875  476.1375  476.2875
             Dallas-Forth Worth
   482.0125  482.1625  485.0125  485.1625
   482.0375  482.1875  485.0375  485.1875
   482.0625  482.2125  485.0625  485.2125
   482.0875  482.2375  485.0875  485.2375
   482.1125  482.2625  485.1125  485.2625
   482.1375  482.2875  485.1375  485.2875
                  Detroit
   476.0125  479.0125  482.0125  485.0125
   476.0375  479.0375  482.0375  485.0375
   476.0625  479.0625  482.0625  485.0625
   476.0875  479.0875  482.0875  485.0875
   476.1125  479.1125  482.1125  485.1125
   476.1375  479.1375  482.1375  485.1375
   476.1625  479.1625  482.1625  485.1625
   476.1875  479.1875  482.1875  485.1875
   476.2125  479.2125  482.2125  485.2125
   476.2375  479.2375  482.2375  485.2375
   476.2625  479.2625  482.2625  485.2625
   476.2875  479.2875  482.2875  485.2875
                  Houston
   488.1625  491.1625  488.2375  491.2375
   488.1875  491.1875  488.2625  491.2625
   488.2125  491.2125  488.2875  491.2875
                Los Angeles
   470.0125  473.0125  506.0625  509.0625
   470.0375  473.0375  506.0875  509.0875
   506.0125  509.0125  506.1125  509.1125
   506.0375  509.0375           
                   Miami
   470.0125  470.1625  473.0125  473.1625
   470.0375  470.1875  473.0375  473.1875
   470.0625  470.2125  473.0625  473.2125
   470.0875  470.2375  473.0875  473.2375
   470.1125  470.2625  473.1125  473.2625
   470.1375  470.2875  473.1375  473.2875
                Philadelphia
   500.0125  503.0125  506.0125  509.0125
   500.0375  503.0375  506.0375  509.0375
   500.0625  503.0625  506.0625  509.0625
   500.0875  503.0875  506.0875  509.0875
   500.1125  503.1125  506.1125  509.1125
   500.1375  503.1375  506.1375  509.1375
   500.1625  503.1625  506.1625  509.1625
   500.1875  503.1875  506.1875  509.1875
   500.2125  503.2125  506.2125  509.2125
   500.2375  503.2375  506.2375  509.2375
   500.2625  503.2625  506.2625  509.2625
   500.2875  503.2875  506.2875  509.2875
                 Pittsburgh
   470.0125  470.1625  473.0125  473.1625
   470.0375  470.1875  473.0375  473.1875
   470.0625  470.2125  473.0625  473.2125
   470.0875  470.2375  473.0875  473.2375
   470.1125  470.2625  473.1125  473.2625
   470.1375  470.2875  473.1375  473.2875
               San Francisco
   482.0125  485.0125  488.0125  491.0125
   482.0375  485.0375  488.0375  491.0375
   482.0625  485.0625  488.0625  491.0625
   482.0875  485.0875  488.0875  491.0875
   482.1125  485.1125  488.1125  491.1125
   482.1375  485.1375  488.1375  491.1375
   482.1625  485.1625  488.1625  491.1625
   482.1875  485.1875  488.1875  491.1875
   482.2125  485.2125  488.2125  491.2125
   482.2375  485.2375  488.2375  491.2375
   482.2625  485.2625  488.2625  491.2625
   482.2875  485.2875  488.2875  491.2875
               Washington, DC
   488.0125  491.0125  494.0125  497.0125
   488.0375  491.0375  494.0375  497.0375
   488.0625  491.0625  494.0625  497.0625
   488.0875  491.0875  494.0875  497.0875
   488.1125  491.1125  494.1125  497.1125
   488.1375  491.1375  494.1375  497.1375
   488.1625  491.1625  494.1625  497.1625
   488.1875  491.1875  494.1875  497.1875
   488.2125  491.2125  494.2125  497.2125
   488.2375  491.2375  494.2375  497.2375
   488.2625  491.2625  494.2625  497.2625
   488.2875  491.2875  494.2875  497.2875

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  60 FR 9890 , Feb. 22, 1995, as amended at  61 FR 54099 , Oct. 17, 1996;  65 FR 17448 , Apr. 3, 2000]

§ 22.623   System configuration.

   top

   This  section requires a minimum configuration for point-to-multipoint
   systems using the channels listed in §22.621.

   (a) 928–960 MHz. The channels may be assigned, individually or paired, only
   to fixed transmitters in a system that controls at least four public mobile
   base  transmitters that transmit on the same channel. If a 932–933 MHz
   channel and a 941–942 MHz channel are assigned as a pair, the 941–942 MHz
   channel must be assigned only to control transmitters; the 932–933 MHz
   channel may be assigned to control or fixed relay transmitters.

   (b)  470–512  MHz.  These  channels  may be assigned only individually
   (unpaired), to control transmitters that directly control at least four
   public mobile base transmitters that transmit on the same channel. Fixed
   relay transmitters are not authorized.

   (c) Selection and assignment. The FCC selects and assigns a channel when
   granting applications for authorization to operate a new station to transmit
   in the 470–512, 932–933 and 941–942 MHz frequency ranges. Applicants having
   a preference may request the assignment of a specific channel or channel
   pair, but the FCC may in some cases be unable to satisfy such requests.

§ 22.625   Transmitter locations.

   top

   This section governs where point-to-multipoint transmitters on the channels
   listed in §22.621 may be located.

   (a) 928–960 MHz. In this frequency range, the required minimum distance
   separation between co-channel fixed transmitters is 113 kilometers (70
   miles).

   (b) 470–512 MHz. The purpose of the rule in paragraph (b)(1) of this section
   is to define the areas in which the 470–512 MHz channels are allocated for
   public mobile use. The purpose of the rules in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3)
   of this section is to reduce the likelihood that interference to television
   reception from public mobile operations on these channels will occur.

   (1) Control transmitter locations. Control transmitter locations must be
   within  80  kilometers  (50 miles) of the designated locations in this
   paragraph.
          Urban area         N. latitude W. longitude
   Boston, MA                42°21'24.4"  71°03'22.2"
   Chicago, IL               41°52'28.1"  87°38'22.2"
   Cleveland, OH             41°29'51.2"  81°41'49.5"
   Dallas, TX                32°47'09.5"  96°47'38.0"
   Detroit, MI               42°19'48.1"  83°02'56.7"
   Houston, TX               29°45'26.8"  95°21'37.8"
   Los Angeles, CA           34°03'15.0"  18°14'31.3"
   Miami, FL                 25°46'38.6"  80°11'31.2"
   New York, NY               40°45'6.4"  73°59'37.5"
   Philadelphia, PA          39°56'58.4"  75°09'19.6"
   Pittsburgh, PA            40°26'19.2"  79°59'59.2"
   San Francisco-Oakland, CA 37°46'38.7" 122°24'43.9"
   Washington, DC            38°53'51.4"  77°00'31.9"

   Note: Coordinates are referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD 83).

   (2)  Protection from intermodulation interference. Control transmitter
   locations must be at least 1.6 kilometers (1 mile) from the main transmitter
   locations of all TV stations transmitting on TV channels separated by 2, 3,
   4, 5, 7, or 8 TV channels from the TV channel containing the frequencies on
   which the control station will transmit. This requirement is intended to
   reduce the likelihood of intermodulation interference.

   (3) Co-channel protection from control transmitters with high antennas. This
   paragraph applies only to control transmitters that utilize an antenna
   height  of  more than 152 meters (500 feet) above average terrain. The
   distance  between  the  location of such a control transmitter and the
   applicable protected TV station location specified in this paragraph must
   equal  or  exceed the sum of the distance from the control transmitter
   location to the radio horizon in the direction of the specified location and
   89 kilometers (55 miles—representing the distance from the main transmitter
   location of the TV station to its Grade B contour in the direction of the
   control transmitter). The protected TV station locations in this paragraph
   are the locations of record as of September 1974, and these do not change
   even though the TV stations may have been subsequently relocated.

   (i) The protected TV station locations are as follows:
   Control transmitter frequency range   Protected TV station location
   470–476 MHz                         Washington, DC 38°57'17" 77°00'17"
   476–482 MHz                         Lancaster, PA 40°15'45" 76°27'49"

   (ii) The distance to the radio horizon is calculated using the following
   formula:
   [MATH:  :MATH]

   where

   d is the distance to the radio horizon in kilometers

   h is the height of the antenna center of radiation above ground level in
   meters

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  63 FR 68946 , Dec. 14, 1998,  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.627   Effective radiated power limits.

   top

   The effective radiated power (ERP) of transmitters operating on the channels
   listed in §22.621 must not exceed the limits in this section.

   (a) Maximum ERP. The ERP must not exceed the applicable limits in this
   paragraph under any circumstances.
   Frequency range (MHz) Maximum ERP (watts)
   470–512                              1000
   928–929                                50
   932–933                                30
   941–942                               600
   952–960                               150

   (b) 470–512 MHz limits . The purpose of the rules in paragraphs (b)(1)
   through (b)(3) of this section is to reduce the likelihood that interference
   to television receiption from public mobile operations on these channels
   will occur. The protected TV station locations specified in this section are
   the locations of record as of September 1974, and these do not change even
   though the TV stations may have been subsequently relocated.

   (1) Co-channel protection . The ERP of control transmitters must not exceed
   the limits in the tables in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) and (b)(1)(iii) of this
   section. The limits depend upon the height above average terrain of the
   control transmitter antenna and the distance between the control transmitter
   and the nearest protected TV station location in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
   section.

   (i) The protected TV station locations are as follows (all coordinates are
   referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83)):
   Control transmitter frequency range Protected TV station location
   470–476 MHz Jacksonville, IL, 39°45'52.2" N. Lat. 90°30'29.5" W. Long.
      Mt. Pleasant, MI, 43°34'24.1" N. Lat. 84°46'21.1" W. Long.
   476–482 MHz
   482–488 MHz
   488–494 MHz
   494–500 MHz
   500–506 MHz
   506–512 MHz Oxford, OH, 39°30'26.2" N. Lat. 84°44'8.8" W. Long.
   Washington, DC, 38°57'17.4" N. Lat. 77°00'15.9" W. Long.
   Champaign, IL, 40°04'11.1" N. Lat. 87°54'45.1" W. Long.
   Madison, WI, 43°03'01.0" N. Lat. 89°29'15.4" W. Long.
   Parkersburg, WV, 39°20'50.3" N. Lat. 81°33'55.5" W. Long.
   Fort Wayne, IN, 41°05'35.2" N. Lat. 85°10'41.9" W. Long.
   Lancaster, PA, 40°15'45.3" N. Lat. 76°27'47.9" W. Long.
   South Bend, IN, 41°36'26.2" N. Lat. 86°27'48.1" W. Long.
   Philadelphia, PA, 40°02'30.4" N. Lat. 75°14'22.6" W. Long.
      None.
   Johnstown, PA, 40°19'47.3" N. Lat. 78°53'44.1" W. Long.
   Washington, DC, 38°57'49.4" N. Lat. 77°06'16.9" W. Long.
   Waterbury, CT, 41°31'2.3" N. Lat. 73°00'58.4" W. Long.

   (ii)  Table  E–3  and  E–4  apply  to  control transmitters in the New
   York-Northeastern New Jersey and Cleveland urban areas that transmit on
   channels in the 476–482 MHz range and to control transmitters in the Detroit
   urban area that transmit on channels in the 482–488 MHz range.

   (iii) Tables E–5 and E–6 apply to all control transmitters except those to
   which Tables E–3 and E–4 apply.

   (2) Adjacent channel protection. The ERP of control transmitters must not
   exceed the limits in Table E–7. The limits depend upon the height above
   average terrain of the control transmitter antenna and the distance between
   the control transmitter and the nearest protected TV station location listed
   in this paragraph. The protected TV station locations are as follows (all
   coordinates are referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83)):
   Control transmitter frequency range Protected TV station location TV channel
   470–476 MHz Hanover, NH, 43°42'30.3" N. Lat. 72°09'14.3" W. Long. (15)
      Madison, WI, 43°03'01.0" N. Lat. 89°29'15.4" W. Long. (15)
      Champaign, IL, 40°04'11.1" N. Lat. 87°54'45.1" W. Long. (15)
      San Diego, CA, 32°41'48.2" N. Lat. 116°56'13.1" W. Long. (15)
      Lancaster, PA, 40°15'45.3" N. Lat. 76°27'47.9" W. Long. (15)
      Parkersburg, WV, 39°20'50.3" N. Lat. 81°33'55.5" W. Long. (15)
   476–482 MHz South Bend, IN, 41°36'26.2" N. Lat. 86°27'48.1" W. Long. (16)
      Pittsburgh, PA, 40°26'46.2" N. Lat. 79°57'50.2" W. Long. (16)
      Mt. Pleasant, MI, 43°34'24.1" N. Lat. 84°46'21.1" W. Long. (14)
      Scranton, PA, 41°10'58.3" N. Lat. 75°52'19.7" W. Long. (16)
   482–488 MHz Hanover, NH, 43°42'30.3" N. Lat. 72°09'14.3" W. Long. (15)
      Fort Wayne, IN, 41°05'35.2" N. Lat. 85°10'41.9" W. Long. (15)
   488–494 MHz Salisbury, MD, 38°24'15.4" N. Lat. 75°34'43.7" W. Long. (16)
   494–500 MHz Philadelphia, PA, 40°02'30.4" N. Lat. 75°14'22.6" W. Long. (17)
   500–506 MHz Washington, DC, 38°57'17.4" N. Lat. 77°00'15.9" W. Long. (20)
   506–512 MHz Harrisburg, PA, 40°20'44.3" N. Lat. 76°52'07.9" W. Long. (21)

   (c) Los Angeles area. This paragraph applies only to control transmitters in
   the Los Angeles urban area that utilize an antenna height of 457 or more
   meters  (1500  or  more  feet)  above  mean sea level. The ERP of such
   transmitters must not exceed the following limits:
         Antenna height         ERP
     AMSL in meters (feet)    (Watts)
   457 (1500) to 610 (2000)       155
   611 (2001) to 762 (2500)       100
   763 (2501) to 914 (3000)        70
   915 (3001) to 1067 (3500)       50
   1068 (3501) to 1219 (4000)      40
   1220 (4001) to 1372 (4500)      30
   1373 (4501) and above           25

   Table E–3—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Control Transmitters (HAAT 152 Meters or
   Less)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   15
   (50) 30
   (100) 46
   (150) 61
   (200) 76
   (250) 91
   (300) 107
   (350) 122
   (400) 137
   (450) 152
   (500)
   209 (130) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
   201 (125) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 850 750 725
   193 (120) 1000 1000 1000 1000 900 750 675 600 550 500
   185 (115) 1000 1000 800 725 600 525 475 425 375 350
   177 (110) 850 700 600 500 425 375 325 300 275 225
   169 (105) 600 475 400 325 275 250 225 200 175 150
   161 (100) 400 325 275 225 175 150 140 125 110 100
   153 (95) 275 225 175 125 110 95 80 70 60 50
   145 (90) 175 125 100 75 50

   See §22.627(b)(1)(ii). This table is for antenna heights of 152 meters (500
   feet) or less above average terrain. For antenna heights between those in
   the table, use the next higher antenna height. For distances between those
   in the table, use the next lower distance.

   Table E–4—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Control Transmitters (HAAT More Than 152
   Meters)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   152 (500) 305 (1000) 457 (1500) 610 (2000) 762 (2500) 914 (3000)
   209 (130) 1000 447 219 117 71 46
   193 (120) 500 209 95 50 30 19
   177 (110) 225 91 35 19 11 8
   161 (100) 100 30 10 5 3 2
   153 (95) 50 13 5 3 2 1

   See §22.627(b)(1)(ii). This table is for antenna heights of more than 152
   meters (500 feet) above average terrain. For intermediate values of height
   and/or distance, use linear interpolation to obtain the maximum permitted
   ERP.

   Table E–5—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Control Transmitters (HAAT 152 Meters or
   Less)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna Height Above
   Average Terrain in meters (feet)
   15
   (50) 30
   (100) 46
   (150) 61
   (200) 76
   (250) 91
   (300) 107
   (350) 122
   (400) 137
   (450) 152
   (500)
   261 (162) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
   257 (160) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 800
   249 (155) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 875 775 700 625 575
   241 (150) 1000 1000 950 775 725 625 550 500 450 400
   233 (145) 850 750 650 575 500 440 400 350 320 300
   225 (140) 600 575 465 400 350 300 275 250 230 225
   217 (135) 450 400 335 300 255 240 200 185 165 150
   209 (130) 350 300 245 200 185 160 145 125 120 100
   201 (125) 225 200 170 150 125 110 100 90 80 75
   193 (120) 175 150 125 105 90 80 70 60 55 50

   See §22.627(b)(1)(iii). This table applies for antenna heights of 152 meters
   (500 feet) or less above average terrain. For antenna heights between those
   in the table, use the next higher antenna height. For distances between
   those in the table, use the next lower distance.

   Table E–6—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Control Transmitters (HAAT More Than 152
   Meters)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   152 (500) 305 (1000) 457 (1500) 610 (2000) 762 (2500) 914 (3000)
   261 (162) 1000 501 282 170 110 71
   241 (150) 400 209 110 60 36 23
   225 (140) 225 102 50 28 16 10
   209 (130) 100 48 21 11 7 5
   193 (120) 50 19 9 5 3 2

   See §22.627(b)(1)(iii). This table is for antenna heights of more than 152
   meters (500 feet) above average terrain. For intermediate values of height
   and/or distance, use linear interpolation to obtain the maximum permitted
   ERP.

   Table E–7—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Control Transmitters
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   30
   (100) 46
   (150) 61
   (200) 76
   (250) 91
   (300) 107
   (350) 122
   (400) 137
   (450) 152
   (500)
   108 (67) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
   106 (66) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 750
   105 (65) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 825 650 600
   103 (64) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 775 625 500 400
   101 (63) 1000 1000 1000 1000 440 400 350 320 300
   100 (62) 1000 1000 1000 525 375 250 200 150 125
   98 (61) 1000 700 450 250 200 125 100 75 50
   97 (60) 1000 425 225 125 100 75 50

   See §22.627(b)(2). This table applies to control transmitters in the Boston,
   Chicago, Cleveland, Detroit, Los Angeles, New York-Northeastern New Jersey,
   Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and Washington, DC urban areas. This table is for
   antenna heights of 152 meters (500 feet) or less above average terrain. For
   antenna heights between those in the table, use the next higher antenna
   height.  For  distances between those in the table, use the next lower
   distance.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  60 FR 9890 , Feb. 22, 1995; as amended at  63 FR 68946 , Dec. 14, 1998]

470–512 MHz Trunked Mobile Operation

   top

§ 22.651   470–512 MHz channels for trunked mobile operation.

   top

   The  following  channels  are allocated for assignment to transmitters
   providing trunked public mobile service within the specified urban areas.
   All channels have a bandwidth of 20 kHz and are designated by their center
   frequencies in MegaHertz.
                Houston
   488.0125 491.0125 488.0875 491.0875
   488.0375 491.0375 488.1125 491.1125
   488.0625 491.0625 488.1375 491.1375
      New York-Northern New Jersey
   473.0125 479.0125 473.1625 479.1625
   473.0375 479.0375 473.1875 479.1875
   473.0625 479.0625 473.2125 479.2125
   473.0875 479.0875 473.2375 479.2375
   473.1125 479.1125 473.2625 479.2625
   473.1375 479.1375 473.2875 479.2875

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  60 FR 9891 , Feb. 22, 1995]

§ 22.653   Eligibility.

   top

   Only licensees already authorized to provide trunked mobile service or their
   successors in interest are eligible to apply for additional use of these
   channels  for trunked mobile service, and then only in the urban areas
   already authorized.

§ 22.657   Transmitter locations.

   top

   The purpose of the rules in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section is to
   define the areas in which the 470–512 MHz channels are allocated for public
   mobile use. The purpose of the rules in paragraphs (c) through (f) of this
   section  is  to  reduce the likelihood that interference to television
   reception from public mobile operations on these channels will occur. The
   protected TV station locations specified in paragraphs (d), (e)(1) and (f)
   of this section are the locations of record as of September 1974, and these
   do  not  change even though the TV stations may have been subsequently
   relocated.

   (a) Base transmitter locations. Base transmitter locations must be within 80
   kilometers (50 miles) of the designated locations in this paragraph. Mobile
   transmitters must not be operated at locations more than 129 kilometers (80
   miles)  from  the  designated  locations  in this paragraph. Note: All
   coordinates are referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83).
       Urban area     N. latitude W. longitude
   Houston, TX        29°45'26.8"  95°21'37.8"
   New York, NY-NE NJ 40°45'06.4"  73°59'37.5"

   (b) Mobile area of operation. Mobile transmitters must not be operated at
   locations  more than 48 kilometers (30 miles) from all associated base
   stations.

   (c) Protection from intermodulation interference. Base transmitter locations
   must be at least 1.6 kilometers (1 mile) from the current main transmitter
   locations of all TV stations transmitting on TV channels separated by 2, 3,
   4, 5, 7, or 8 TV channels from the TV channel containing the frequencies on
   which the base station will transmit. This requirement is intended to reduce
   the likelihood of intermodulation interference.

   (d) Adjacent channel protection from mobile transmitters. Base transmitter
   locations must be at least 145 kilometers (90 miles) from the applicable
   protected TV station locations specified in this paragraph. This requirement
   is intended to provide a 0 dB minimum desired to undesired signal strength
   ratio at the Grade B contour of an adjacent channel TV station. Note: All
   coordinates are referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83).
   Control transmitter frequency range Protected TV station location TV channel
   470–476 MHz Lancaster, PA, 40°15'45.3" N. Lat. 76°27'47.9" W. Long. (15)
   476–482 MHz Scranton, PA, 41°10'58.3" N. Lat. 75°52'19.7" W. Long. (16)

   (e)  Co-channel  protection from mobile transmitters. Base transmitter
   locations must be at least the distance specified in paragraph (e)(2) of
   this section from the applicable protected TV station locations specified in
   paragraph (e)(1) of this section. This requirement is intended to provide a
   40 dB minimum desired to undesired signal strength ratio at the Grade B
   contour of a co-channel TV station.

   (1) The protected TV station locations are as follows (all coordinates are
   referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83)):
   Control transmitter frequency range Protected TV station location
   470–476 MHz Washington, DC, 38°57'17.4" N. Lat. 77°00'15.9" W. Long.
   476–482 MHz Lancaster, PA, 40°15'45.3" N. Lat. 76°27'47.9" W. Long.

   (2) The required minimum distance depends upon the effective radiated power
   (ERP) of the most powerful mobile transmitter(s) in the system:
   Mobile unit ERP (watts) Minimum distance
                           Kilometers Miles
   60                             193 (120)
   50                             185 (115)
   25                             177 (110)
   10                             169 (105)
   5                              161 (100)

   (f) Co-channel protection from base transmitters with high antennas. This
   paragraph  applies  only  to  base  transmitter  locations  in the New
   York-Northeastern New Jersey urban area that utilize an antenna height of
   more than 152 meters (500 feet) above average terrain. The distance between
   the location of such a base transmitter and the applicable protected TV
   station location specified in this paragraph must equal or exceed the sum of
   the distance from the base transmitter location to the radio horizon in the
   direction of the specified location and 89 kilometers (55 miles—representing
   the distance from the main transmitter location of the TV station to its
   Grade B contour in the direction of the base transmitter). The distance to
   the radio horizon is calculated as follows:
   [er14de98.026.gif]

   Where d is the distance to the radio horizon in kilometers h is the height
   of the antenna center of radiation above ground level in meters

   Note: All coordinates are referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83)):
   Control transmitter frequency range Protected TV station location
   470–476 MHz Washington, DC, 38°57'17.4" N. Lat. 77°00'15.9" W. Long.
   476–482 MHz Lancaster, PA, 40°15'45.3" N. Lat. 76°27'47.9" W. Long.

   (g)  The  FCC  may  waive specific distance separation requirements of
   paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section if the applicant submits an
   engineering  analysis  which  demonstrates that terrain effects and/or
   operation with less effective radiated power would satisfy the applicable
   minimum desired to undesired signal strength ratios at the Grade B contours
   of the protected TV stations. For this purpose, the Grade B contour of a TV
   station is deemed to be a circle with a 89 kilometer (55 mile) radius,
   centered on the protected TV station location, and along which the median TV
   signal field strength is 64 dBµV/m. In any showing intended to demonstrate
   compliance with the minimum desired to undesired signal ratio requirements
   of this section, all predicted field strengths must have been determined
   using the UHF TV propagation curves contained in part 73 of this chapter.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  63 FR 68947 , Dec. 14, 1998]

§ 22.659   Effective radiated power limits.

   top

   The purpose of the rules in this section, which limit effective radiated
   power (ERP), is to reduce the likelihood that interference to television
   reception from public mobile operations on these channels will occur. The
   protected TV station locations specified in this section are the locations
   of record as of September 1974, and these do not change even though the TV
   stations may have been subsequently relocated.

   (a) Maximum ERP. The ERP of base transmitters must not exceed 100 Watts
   under any circumstances. The ERP of mobile transmitters must not exceed 60
   Watts under any circumstances.

   (b)  Co-channel  protection  from  base  transmitters. The ERP of base
   transmitters in the New York-Northeastern New Jersey urban area must not
   exceed the limits in the tables referenced in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3)
   of this section. The limits depend upon the height above average terrain of
   the base transmitter antenna and the distance between the base transmitter
   and the nearest protected TV station location in paragraph (b)(1) of this
   section.

   (1) The protected TV station locations are as follows (all coordinates are
   referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83)):
   Control transmitter frequency range Protected TV station location
   470–476 MHz Washington, DC, 38°57'17.4" N. Lat. 77°00'15.9" W. Long.
   476–482 MHz Lancaster, PA, 40°15'45.3" N. Lat. 76°27'47.9" W. Long.

   (2) Tables E–8 and E–9 of this section apply to base transmitters in the New
   York-Northeastern New Jersey urban area that transmit on channels in the
   476–482 MHz range.

   (3) Tables E–10 and E–11 of this section apply to base transmitters in the
   New York-Northeastern New Jersey urban area that transmit on channels in the
   470–476 MHz range.

   (c) Adjacent channel protection from base transmitters. The ERP of base
   transmitters must not exceed the limits in Table E–12 of this section. The
   limits depend upon the height above average terrain of the base transmitter
   antenna  and the distance between the base transmitter and the nearest
   protected TV station location specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

   (1) The protected TV station locations are as follows (all coordinates are
   referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83)):
   Control transmitter frequency range Protected TV station location TV channel
   470–476 MHz Hanover, NH, 43°42'30.3" N. Lat. 72°09'14.3" W. Long (15)
   476–482 MHz
   482–488 MHz Lancaster, PA, 40°15'45.3" N. Lat. 76°27'47.9" W. Long (15)
      Scranton, PA, 41°10'58.3" N. Lat. 75°52'19.7" W. Long (16)
      Hanover, NH, 43°42'30.3" N. Lat. 72°09'14.3" W. Long (15)

   Note: Coordinates are referenced to North American Datum 1983 (NAD83).

   (2) Table E–12 of this section applies to base transmitters in the New
   York-Northeastern New Jersey urban area.

   Table E–8—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Base Transmitters (HAAT 152 Meters or
   Less)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   15
   (50) 30
   (100) 46
   (150) 61
   (200) 76
   (250) 91
   (300) 107
   (350) 122
   (400) 137
   (450) 152
   (500)
   209 (130) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
   201 (125) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 850 750 725
   193 (120) 1000 1000 1000 1000 900 750 675 600 550 500
   185 (115) 1000 1000 800 725 600 525 475 425 375 350
   177 (110) 850 700 600 500 425 375 325 300 275 225
   169 (105) 600 475 400 325 275 250 225 200 175 150
   161 (100) 400 325 275 225 175 150 140 125 110 100
   153 (95) 275 225 175 125 110 95 80 70 60 50
   145 (90) 175 125 100 75 50

   See §22.659(b)(2). This table is for antenna heights of 152 meters (500
   feet) or less above average terrain. For antenna heights between those in
   the table, use the next higher antenna height. For distances between those
   in the table, use the next lower distance.

   Table E–9—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Base Transmitters (HAAT More Than 152
   Meters)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   152 (500) 305 (1000) 457 (1500) 610 (2000) 762 (2500) 914 (3000)
   209 (130) 1000 447 219 117 71 46
   193 (120) 500 209 95 50 30 19
   177 (110) 225 91 35 19 11 8
   161 (100) 100 30 10 5 3 2
   153 (95) 50 13 5 3 2 1

   See §22.659(b)(2). This table is for antenna heights of more than 152 meters
   (500 feet) above average terrain. For intermediate values of height and/or
   distance, use linear interpolation to obtain the maximum permitted ERP.

   Table E–10—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Base Transmitters (HAAT 152 Meters or
   Less)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   15
   (50) 30
   (100) 46
   (150) 61
   (200) 76
   (250) 91
   (300) 107
   (350) 122
   (400) 137
   (450) 152
   (500)
   261 (162) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
   257 (160) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 800
   249 (155) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 875 775 700 625 575
   241 (150) 1000 1000 950 775 725 625 550 500 450 400
   233 (145) 850 750 650 575 500 440 400 350 320 300
   225 (140) 600 575 465 400 350 300 275 250 230 225
   217 (135) 450 400 335 300 255 240 200 185 165 150
   209 (130) 350 300 245 200 185 160 145 125 120 100
   201 (125) 225 200 170 150 125 110 100 90 80 75
   193 (120) 175 150 125 105 90 80 70 60 55 50

   See §22.659(b)(3). This table applies for antenna heights of 152 meters (500
   feet) or less above average terrain. For antenna heights between those in
   the table, use the next higher antenna height. For distances between those
   in the table, use the next lower distance.

   Table E–11—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Base Transmitters (HAAT More Than 152
   Meters)
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   152 (500) 305 (1000) 457 (1500) 610 (2000) 762 (2500) 914 (3000)
   261 (162) 1000 501 282 170 110 71
   241 (150) 400 209 110 60 36 23
   225 (140) 225 102 50 28 16 10
   209 (130) 100 48 21 11 7 5
   193 (120) 50 19 9 5 3 2

   See §22.659(b)(3). This table is for antenna heights of more than 152 meters
   (500 feet) above average terrain. For intermediate values of height and/or
   distance, use linear interpolation to obtain the maximum permitted ERP.

   Table E–12—Maximum ERP (Watts) for Base Transmitters
   Distance to protected TV station in kilometers (miles) Antenna height above
   average terrain in meters (feet)
   30
   (100) 46
   (150) 61
   (200) 76
   (250) 91
   (300) 107
   (350) 122
   (400) 137
   (450) 152
   (500)
   108 (67) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
   106 (66) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 750
   105 (65) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 825 650 600
   103 (64) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 775 625 500 400
   101 (63) 1000 1000 1000 1000 440 400 350 320 300
   100 (62) 1000 1000 1000 525 375 250 200 150 125
   98 (61) 1000 700 450 250 200 125 100 75 50
   97 (60) 1000 425 225 125 100 75 50

   See  §22.659(c)(2). This table applies to base transmitters in the New
   York-Northeastern New Jersey urban areas. This table is for antenna heights
   of 152 meters (500 feet) or less above average terrain. For antenna heights
   between  those  in  the table, use the next higher antenna height. For
   distances between those in the table, use the next lower distance.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  63 FR 68947 , Dec. 14, 1998]

Subpart F—Rural Radiotelephone Service

   top

§ 22.701   Scope.

   top

   The rules in this subpart govern the licensing and operation of stations and
   systems in the Rural Radiotelephone Service. The licensing and operation of
   these stations and systems is also subject to rules elsewhere in this part
   that apply generally to the Public Mobile Services. In case of conflict,
   however, the rules in this subpart govern.

§ 22.702   Eligibility.

   top

   Existing and proposed communications common carriers are eligible to hold
   authorizations to operate conventional central office, interoffice and rural
   stations in the Rural Radiotelephone Service. Subscribers are also eligible
   to hold authorizations to operate rural subscriber stations in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service.

   [ 69 FR 75170 , Dec. 15, 2004]

§ 22.703   Separate rural subscriber station authorization not required.

   top

   A separate authorization is not required for rural subscriber stations for
   which the effective radiated power does not exceed 60 Watts and for which
   FAA notification of construction or alteration of the antenna structure is
   not required (see criteria in §17.7 of this chapter). Authority to operate
   such rural subscriber stations is conferred by the authorization of the
   central office or base station from which they receive service.

§ 22.705   Rural radiotelephone system configuration.

   top

   Stations in the Rural Radiotelephone Service are authorized to communicate
   as follows:

   (a) Rural subscriber stations are authorized to communicate with and through
   the central office station(s) with which they are associated. However, where
   the  establishment  of a central office station in this service is not
   feasible, rural subscriber stations may be authorized to communicate with
   and through a base station in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.

   (b) Central office stations may communicate only with rural subscriber
   stations.

   (c)  Interoffice  stations may communicate only with other interoffice
   stations.

§ 22.709   Rural radiotelephone service application requirements.

   top

   In addition to information required by Subparts B and D of this part, FCC
   Form 601 applications for authorization to operate a station in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service must contain the applicable supplementary information
   described in this section.

   (a)  Interoffice stations. Applications for authority to operate a new
   interoffice station or to add transmitters or points of communications to an
   existing interoffice station must contain an exhibit demonstrating that the
   requested facilities would be used only for interconnecting central office
   stations and explaining why the use of alternative existing radio or wire
   facilities is not feasible.

   (b) Technical information required . For each transmitter in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service, the following information is required by FCC Form
   601:

   (1)  Location description: city; county; state; geographic coordinates
   correct to ±1 second, the datum used (NAD83), site elevation above mean sea
   level, proximity to adjacent market boundaries and international borders;

   (2) Antenna height to tip above ground level, the height of the center of
   radiation  of the antenna above the average terrain, the height of the
   antenna center of radiation above the average elevation of the terrain along
   each  of the 8 cardinal radials, antenna gain in the maximum lobe, the
   beamwidth of the maximum lobe of the antenna, a polar plot of the horizontal
   gain pattern of the antenna, the electric field polarization of the wave
   emitted by the antenna when installed as proposed;

   (c) No landline facilities. Each application for a central office station
   must contain an exhibit showing that it is impracticable to provide the
   required communication service by means of landline facilities.

   (d) Interference exhibit. Applications for central office, interoffice and
   relay stations must include an exhibit identifying co-channel facilities and
   demonstrating, in accordance with §22.715 that the proposed station, if
   authorized, would not cause interference to the service of those co-channel
   facilities. This exhibit must:

   (1) For UHF channels, identify each protected transmitter located within 108
   kilometers (67 miles) of the proposed transmitter in directions in which the
   distance to the interfering contour is 76.4 kilometers (47.5 miles) or less,
   and  within  178 kilometers (111 miles) of the proposed transmitter in
   directions in which the distance to the interfering contour exceeds 76.4
   kilometers  (47.5  miles);  and identify each protected Basic Exchange
   Telephone  Radio  System  central  office  transmitter  in  the  rural
   Radiotelephone Service within 231 kilometers (144 miles).

   (2) For VHF channels, identify each protected transmitter located within 135
   kilometers (84 miles) of the proposed transmitter in directions in which the
   distance to the interfering contour is 93.3 kilometers (58 miles) or less,
   and  within  178 kilometers (111 miles) of the proposed transmitter in
   directions in which the distance to the interfering contour exceeds 93.3
   kilometers (58 miles).

   (3) For each protected transmitter identified, show the results of distance
   calculations  indicating that there would be no overlap of service and
   interfering contours, or alternatively, indicate that the licensee of or
   applicant for the protected transmitter and/or the applicant, as required,
   have agreed in writing to accept any interference resulting from operation
   of the proposed transmitter.

   (e)  Blocking probability. Applications for authority to operate basic
   exchange telephone radio systems (BETRS) that request more than two channel
   pairs must include an exhibit containing calculations showing that the
   number  of  channels requested is the minimum necessary to achieve the
   required grade of service (in terms of blocking probability), and that there
   will be adequate spectrum available in the area to meet realistic estimates
   of  current  and  future  demand  for paging, two-way mobile and rural
   radiotelephone services (see §22.719(c)). Applications for authority to
   operate new conventional rural radiotelephone systems that request more than
   two channel pairs must include a statement explaining why BETRS technology
   is not being proposed.

   (f) Antenna Information. Upon request by an applicant, licensee, or the
   Commission, a part 22 applicant or licensee of whom the request is made
   shall  furnish  the  antenna  type, model, and the name of the antenna
   manufacturer to the requesting party within ten (10) days of receiving
   written notification.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994;  63 FR 68948 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 53240 , Oct. 1, 1999]

§ 22.711   Provision of information to applicants.

   top

   Licensees in the Rural Radio Service must, upon request by a bona-fide
   prospective applicant, provide to such applicant the information required by
   §22.709 regarding the portion of the licensee's operations that potentially
   could  affect, or be affected by, the prospective applicant's proposed
   station, if such information is not already on file with the FCC. This
   information must be provided to the bona-fide prospective applicant no later
   than 30 days after receipt of the information request.

   [ 59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994]

§ 22.713   Construction period for rural radiotelephone stations.

   top

   The construction period for stations in the Rural Radiotelephone Service is
   12 months.

§ 22.715   Technical channel assignment criteria for rural radiotelephone
stations.

   top

   Channels  are  assigned  in the Rural Radiotelephone Service using the
   procedures in §22.567.

§ 22.717   Procedure for mutually exclusive applications in the Rural
Radiotelephone Service.

   top

   Mutually  exclusive  applications in the Rural Radiotelephone Service,
   including those that are mutually exclusive with applications in the Paging
   and Radiotelephone Service, are processed in accordance with §22.131 and
   with this section.

   (a)  Applications  in the Rural Radiotelephone Service may be mutually
   exclusive with applications in the Paging and Radiotelephone Service if they
   seek authorization to operate facilities on the same channel in the same
   area, or the technical proposals are otherwise in conflict. See §22.567.

   (b) A modification application in either service filed on the earliest
   filing date may cause all later-filed mutually exclusive applications of any
   type in either service to be “cut off” (excluded from a same-day filing
   group) and dismissed, pursuant to §22.131(c)(3)(ii) and §22.131(c)(4).

   [ 59 FR 59956 , Nov. 21, 1994, as amended at  62 FR 11636 , Mar. 12, 1997]

§ 22.719   Additional channel policy for rural radiotelephone stations.

   top

   The rules in this section govern the processing of applications for central
   office stations that request a rural radiotelephone channel pair when the
   applicant has applied for or been granted an authorization for other rural
   radiotelephone channel pairs in the same area. The general policy of the FCC
   is  to promote effective use of the spectrum by encouraging the use of
   spectrum-efficient technologies (i.e. BETRS) and by assigning the minimum
   number of channels necessary to provide service.

   (a) Transmitters in same area. Any central office station transmitter on any
   channel pair listed in §22.725 is considered to be in the same area as
   another central office station transmitter on any other channel pair listed
   in §22.725 if the transmitting antennas are located within 10 kilometers
   (6.2 miles) of each other.

   (b) Initial channel pairs. The FCC does not assign more than two channel
   pairs for new central office stations, unless there are more than eight
   rural subscriber stations to be served. Stations are considered to be new if
   there  are no authorized transmitters on any channel listed in §22.725
   controlled by the applicant in the same geographic area.

   (c)  Additional channel pairs. Applications for central office station
   transmitters to be located in the same area as an authorized central office
   station controlled by the applicant, but to operate on a different channel
   pair(s) are considered as requests for additional channel pair(s) for the
   authorized  central office station. The FCC may grant applications for
   additional channel pairs provided that the need for each additional channel
   pair (after the first two) is established and fully justified in terms of
   achieving the required grade of service (blocking probability), and the
   applicant demonstrates that there will still be adequate spectrum available
   in the area to meet realistic estimates of current and future demand for
   paging, two-way mobile and rural radiotelephone services. In the case of
   conventional rural radiotelephone central office stations, an explanation
   must be provided as to why BETRS technology is not being used instead of
   additional channel pairs.

Conventional Rural Radiotelephone Stations

   top

§ 22.721   Geographic area authorizations.

   top

   Eligible persons may apply for a paging geographic area authorization in the
   Rural Radiotelephone Service, on the channel pairs listed in §22.725, by
   following the procedures and requirements set forth in §22.503 for paging
   geographic area authorizations.

   [ 62 FR 11636 , Mar. 12, 1997]

§ 22.723   Secondary site-by-site authorizations.

   top

   Authorizations  for new facilities (including new sites and additional
   channel  pairs for existing sites) in the Rural Radiotelephone Service
   (including BETRS facilities) may be granted after May 12, 1997 only on the
   condition that such authorizations shall be secondary to any existing or
   future co-channel paging geographic area authorization in the Paging and
   Radiotelephone Service or the Rural Radiotelephone Service. If the paging
   geographic area licensee notifies the Rural Radiotelephone Service licensee
   that operation of a co-channel secondary facility must be discontinued
   because it may cause interference to existing or planned facilities, the
   Rural Radiotelephone Service licensee must discontinue operation of that
   facility on the particular channel pair involved no later than six months
   after such notice.

   [ 62 FR 11636 , Mar. 12, 1997]

§ 22.725   Channels for conventional rural radiotelephone stations and basic
exchange telephone radio systems.

   top

   The following channels are allocated for paired assignment to transmitters
   that provide conventional rural radiotelephone service and to transmitters
   in basic exchange telephone radio systems. These channels may be assigned
   for use by central office or rural subscriber stations as indicated, and
   interoffice stations. These channels may be assigned also for use by relay
   stations  in  systems  where  it would be impractical to provide rural
   radiotelephone service without the use of relay stations. All channels have
   a bandwidth of 20 kHz and are designated by their center frequencies in
   MegaHertz.
   Central
   office Rural subscriber Central
   office Rural subscriber
   VHF Channels
   152.03 158.49 152.57 157.83
   152.06 158.52 152.60 157.86
   152.09 158.55 152.63 157.89
   152.12 158.58 152.66 157.92
   152.15 158.61 152.69 157.95
   152.18 158.64 152.72 157.98
   152.21 158.67 152.75 158.01
   152.51 157.77 152.78 158.04
   152.54 157.80 152.81 158.07
   UHF Channels
   454.025 459.025 454.350 459.350
   454.050 459.050 454.375 459.375
   454.075 459.075 454.400 459.400
   454.100 459.100 454.425 459.425
   454.125 459.125 454.450 459.450
   454.150 459.150 454.475 459.475
   454.175 459.175 454.500 459.500
   454.200 459.200 454.525 459.525
   454.225 459.225 454.550 459.550
   454.250 459.250 454.575 459.575
   454.275 459.275 454.600 459.600
   454.300 459.300 454.625 459.625
   454.325 459.325 454.650 459.650

   (a) The channels listed in this section are also allocated for assignment in
   the Paging and Radiotelephone Service.

   (b) In Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, channels in the 154.04–154.46 MHz
   and 161.40161.85 MHz frequency ranges may be assigned to transmitters
   providing rural radiotelephone service; channels in these ranges are also
   allocated for assignment in the International Fixed Public and Aeronautical
   Fixed radio services.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  60 FR 9891 , Feb. 22, 1995, as amended at  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.727   Power limits for conventional rural radiotelephone transmitters.

   top

   The transmitting power of transmitters operating on the channels listed in
   §22.725 must not exceed the limits in this section.

   (a) Maximum ERP. The effective radiated power (ERP) of central office and
   rural subscriber station transmitters must not exceed the applicable limits
   in this paragraph under any circumstances.
   Frequency range (MHz) Maximum ERP (watts)
   152–153                              1400
   157–159                               150
   454–455                              3500
   459–460                               150

   (b) Basic power limit. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section,
   the ERP of central office station transmitters must not exceed 500 Watts.

   (c)  Height-power  limits. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this
   section, the ERP of central office station transmitters must not exceed the
   amount that would result in an average distance to the “service contour” of
   41.6 kilometers (26 miles) for VHF channels or 30.7 kilometers (19 miles)
   for  UHF  channels.  The  average distance to the “service contour” is
   calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the distances determined using
   the  procedures  specified  in  §22.567  for the eight cardinal radial
   directions, excluding cardinal radial directions for which 90% or more of
   the distance so calculated is over water.

   (d)  Encompassed  interfering  contour  areas.  Central office station
   transmitters are exempt from the basic power and height-power limits of this
   section if the area within their interfering contours is totally encompassed
   by the interfering contours of operating co-channel central office station
   transmitters  controlled by the same licensee. For the purpose of this
   paragraph, operating transmitters are authorized transmitters that are
   providing service to subscribers.

   (e)  Adjacent  channel  protection.  The ERP of central office station
   transmitters must not exceed 500 Watts if they transmit on channel 454.025
   MHz and are located less than 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) from any Private
   Radio Services station receiving on adjacent channel 454.000 MHz.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.731   Emission limitations.

   top

   Upon application for multichannel operation, the FCC may authorize emission
   bandwidths wider than those specified in §22.357, provided that spectrum
   utilization is equal to or better than that achieved by single channel
   operation.

§ 22.733   Priority of service.

   top

   Within the Rural Radiotelephone Service, the channels listed in §22.725 are
   intended primarily for use in rendition of public message service between
   rural subscriber and central office stations and to provide radio trunking
   facilities between central offices. The channels may also be used, however,
   for the rendition of private leased-line communication service provided that
   such usage would not reduce or impair the extent or quality of communication
   service that would be available, in the absence of private leased-line
   service, to the general public receiving or subsequently requesting public
   message service from a central office.

§ 22.737   Temporary fixed stations.

   top

   The FCC may, upon proper application therefor, authorize the construction
   and operation of temporary fixed stations. Temporary fixed stations are to
   be used as rural subscriber, interoffice, or central office stations when
   those  stations are unavailable or when service from those stations is
   disrupted by storms or emergencies.

   (a) Six month limitation . If it is necessary for a temporary fixed station
   to remain at the same location for more than six months, the licensee of
   that station must apply for authorization to operate the station at the
   specific location at least 30 days before the end of the six month period.

   (b) International communications . Communications between the United States
   and Canada or Mexico must not be carried using a temporary fixed station
   without prior authorization from the FCC. Licensees desiring to carry such
   communications should apply sufficiently in advance to allow for the time
   necessary to coordinate with Canada or Mexico.

Basic Exchange Telephone Radio Systems

   top

§ 22.757   Channels for basic exchange telephone radio systems.

   top

   The channels listed in §22.725 are also allocated for paired assignment to
   transmitters in basic exchange telephone radio systems.

   [ 70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.759   Power limit for BETRS.

   top

   The effective radiated power of central office and rural subscriber station
   transmitters used in basic exchange telephone radio systems must not exceed
   the limits in this section.

   (a) Maximum ERP. The effective radiated power (ERP) of central office and
   rural  subscriber  station  transmitters  in BETRS must not exceed the
   applicable limits in this paragraph under any circumstances.
   Frequency range (MHz) Maximum ERP (watts)
   152–153                              1400
   157–159                               150
   454–455                              3500
   459–460                               150

   (b) Height-power limit. The ERP of central office stations in BETRS must not
   exceed the amount calculated as follows:

   ERP[w]=557,418÷h[m]2

   where ERP[w]is the effective radiated power in Watts

   h[m]is the average (eight cardinal radial) antenna height above average
   terrain in meters

Subpart G—Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service

   top

§ 22.801   Scope.

   top

   The rules in this subpart govern the licensing and operation of air-ground
   stations and systems. The licensing and operation of these stations and
   systems is also subject to rules elsewhere in this part and in part 1 of
   this chapter that generally apply to the Public Mobile Services. In case of
   conflict, however, the rules in this subpart govern.

   [ 70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

General Aviation Air-Ground Stations

   top

§ 22.805   Channels for general aviation air-ground service.

   top

   The following channels are allocated for the provision of radiotelephone
   service to airborne mobile subscribers in general aviation aircraft. These
   channels have a bandwidth of 20 kHz and are designated by their center
   frequencies in MegaHertz.

   Signalling Channel Pair
   Ground  Airborne mobile
   454.675 459.675

   Communication Channel Pairs
   Ground  Airborne mobile
   454.700 459.700
   454.725 459.725
   454.750 459.750
   454.775 459.775
   454.800 459.800
   454.825 459.825
   454.850 459.850
   454.875 459.875
   454.900 459.900
   454.925 459.925
   454.950 459.950
   454.975 459.975

   (a) Channel 454.675 MHz is assigned to each and every ground station, to be
   used only for automatically alerting airborne mobile stations of incoming
   calls.

   (b) All airborne mobile channels are assigned for use by each and every
   airborne mobile station.

§ 22.807   General aviation air-ground application requirements.

   top

   In addition to the information required by subparts B and D of this part,
   FCC Form 601 applications for authorization to operate a general aviation
   air-ground station must contain the applicable supplementary information
   described in this section.

   (a) Administrative information . The following information is required by
   FCC Form 601.

   (1) The number of transmitter sites for which authorization is requested.

   (2)  The  call  sign(s)  of other facilities in the same area that are
   ultimately controlled by the real party in interest to the application.

   (b) Technical information required . For each transmitter in the Rural
   Radiotelephone Service, the following information is required by FCC Form
   601:

   (1)  Location description, city, county, state, geographic coordinates
   (NAD83) correct to ±1 second, site elevation above mean sea level, proximity
   to adjacent market boundaries and international borders;

   (2) Antenna height to tip above ground level, antenna gain in the maximum
   lobe, the electric field polarization of the wave emitted by the antenna
   when installed as proposed;

   (3) The center frequency of each channel requested, the maximum effective
   radiated  power, any non-standard emission types to be used, including
   bandwidth and modulation type and the transmitter classification (e.g.
   ground or signaling).

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994;  63 FR 68948 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 53240 , Oct. 1, 1999. Redesignated and amended at
    70 FR 19309 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.809   Transmitting power limits.

   top

   The transmitting power of ground and airborne mobile transmitters operating
   on  the  channels listed in §22.805 must not exceed the limits in this
   section.

   (a) Ground station transmitters. The effective radiated power of ground
   stations must not exceed 100 Watts and must not be less than 50 Watts,
   except as provided in §22.811.

   (b) Airborne mobile transmitters. The transmitter power output of airborne
   mobile transmitters must not exceed 25 Watts and must not be less than 4
   Watts.

§ 22.813   Technical channel pair assignment criteria.

   top

   The rules in this section establish technical assignment criteria for the
   channel pairs listed in §22.805. These criteria are intended to provide
   substantial service volumes over areas that have significant local and
   regional  general  aviation activity, while maintaining the continuous
   nationwide in-route coverage of the original geographical layout.

   (a) Distance separation for co-channel ground stations. The FCC may grant an
   application requesting assignment of a communication channel pair to a
   proposed ground transmitter only if the proposed antenna location is at
   least 800 kilometers (497 miles) from the antenna location of the nearest
   co-channel ground transmitter in the United States, its territories and
   possessions; and 1000 kilometers (621 miles) from the antenna location of
   the nearest co-channel ground transmitter in Canada.

   (b) Dispersion. The FCC may grant an application requesting assignment of a
   communication channel pair to a proposed ground transmitter only if there
   are no more than five different communication channel pairs already assigned
   to ground transmitters with antenna locations within a 320 kilometer (199
   mile) radius of the proposed antenna location.

§ 22.815   Construction period for general aviation ground stations.

   top

   The construction period (see §1.946 of this chapter) for general aviation
   ground stations is 12 months.

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.817   Additional channel policies.

   top

   The  rules  in  this section govern the processing of applications for
   authority to operate a ground station transmitter on any ground station
   communication channel listed in §22.805 when the applicant has applied or
   been  granted  an authorization for other ground station communication
   channels in the same area. The general policy of the FCC is to assign one
   ground station communication channel in an area to a carrier per application
   cycle, up to a maximum of six ground station communication channels per
   area. That is, a carrier must apply for one ground station communication
   channel, receive the authorization, construct the station, and notify the
   FCC of commencement of service before applying for an additional ground
   station communication channel in that area.

   (a) Air-ground transmitters in same area. Any transmitter on any of the
   ground station channels listed in §22.805 is considered to be in the same
   area as another transmitter on any ground station channel listed in §22.805
   if it is located less than 350 kilometers (217 miles) from that transmitter.

   (b) Initial channel. The FCC will not assign more than one ground station
   communication  channel  for  new  ground stations. Ground stations are
   considered to be new if there are no authorized ground station transmitters
   on any channel listed in §22.805 controlled by the applicant in the same
   area.

   (c) Additional channel. Applications for ground transmitters to be located
   in  the  same  area  as an authorized ground station controlled by the
   applicant,  but to operate on a different ground station communication
   channel,  are  considered  as requesting an additional channel for the
   authorized station.

   (d) Amendment of pending application. If the FCC receives and accepts for
   filing an application for a ground station transmitter to be located in the
   same area as a ground station transmitter proposed in a pending application
   previously  filed  by the applicant, but on a different ground station
   communication channel, the subsequent application is treated as a major
   amendment to change the technical proposal of the prior application. The
   filing date of any application so amended is the date the FCC received the
   subsequent application.

   (e) Dismissal of premature applications for additional channel. If the FCC
   receives  an  application  requesting  an  additional  ground  station
   communication channel for an authorized ground station prior to receiving
   notification that the station is providing service to subscribers on the
   authorized  channel(s),  the  FCC may dismiss that application without
   prejudice.

   (f) Dismissal of applications for seventh channel. If the FCC receives an
   application requesting an additional ground station communication channel
   for an authorized ground station which would, if granted, result in that
   station being assigned more than six ground station communication channels
   in the same area, the FCC may dismiss that application without prejudice.

Commercial Aviation Air-Ground Systems

   top

§ 22.853   Eligibility to hold interest in licenses limited to 3 MHz of
spectrum.

   top

   No individual or entity may hold, directly or indirectly, a controlling
   interest in licenses authorizing the use of more than three megahertz of
   spectrum (either shared or exclusive) in the 800 MHz commercial aviation
   Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service frequency bands (see §22.857). Individuals
   and entities with either de jure or de facto control of a licensee in these
   bands will be considered to have a controlling interest in its license(s).
   For purposes of this rule, the definitions of “controlling interests” and
   “affiliate” set forth in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(5) of §1.2110 of this
   chapter shall apply.

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.857   Channel plan for commercial aviation air-ground systems.

   top

   The 849–851 MHz and 894–896 MHz frequency bands are designated for paired
   nationwide exclusive assignment to the licensee or licensees of systems
   providing radio telecommunications service, including voice and/or data
   service, to persons on board aircraft. Air-ground systems operating in these
   frequency  bands are referred to in this part as “commercial aviation”
   systems.

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.859   Incumbent commercial aviation air-ground systems.

   top

   This section contains rules concerning continued operation of commercial
   aviation air-ground systems that were originally authorized prior to January
   1, 2004 to provide radiotelephone service using narrowband (6 kHz) channels,
   and  that  have been providing service continuously since the original
   commencement of service (hereinafter “incumbent systems”).

   (a) An incumbent system may continue to operate under its authorization, for
   the  remaining  term  of  such authorization, subject to the terms and
   conditions  attached  thereto. Wherever such technical and operational
   conditions differ from technical and operational rules in this subpart,
   those conditions shall govern its operations.

   (b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this chapter, the licensee of an
   incumbent system shall not be entitled to an expectation of renewal of said
   authorization.

   (c) During the period that an incumbent system continues to operate and
   provide  service pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, air-ground
   systems of licensees holding a new authorization for the spectrum within
   which the incumbent system operates must not cause interference to the
   incumbent system. Protection from interference requires that the signals of
   the new systems must not exceed a ground station received power of −130 dBm
   within a 6 kHz receive bandwidth, calculated assuming a 0 dBi vertically
   polarized receive antenna.

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.861   Emission limitations.

   top

   The rules in this section govern the spectral characteristics of emissions
   for commercial aviation systems in the Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service.
   Commercial aviation air-ground systems may use any type of emission or
   technology that complies with the technical rules in this subpart.

   (a)  Out  of  band emissions. The power of any emission outside of the
   authorized  operating  frequency  ranges  must be attenuated below the
   transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log (P) dB.

   (b) Measurement procedure. Compliance with these rules is based on the use
   of measurement instrumentation employing a resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz
   or greater. In the 1 MHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to the
   frequency  block a resolution bandwidth of at least one percent of the
   emission bandwidth of the fundamental emission of the transmitter may be
   employed. A narrower resolution bandwidth is permitted in all cases to
   improve measurement accuracy provided the measured power is integrated over
   the full required measurement bandwidth ( i.e. , 100 kHz or 1 percent of
   emission bandwidth, as specified). The emission bandwidth is defined as the
   width  of  the signal between two points, one below the carrier center
   frequency and one above the carrier center frequency, outside of which all
   emissions are attenuated at least 26 dB below the transmitter power.

   (c) Alternative out of band emission limit. The licensee(s) of commercial
   aviation air-ground systems, together with affected licensees of Cellular
   Radiotelephone Service systems operating in the spectrum immediately below
   and adjacent to the commercial aviation air-ground bands, may establish an
   alternative out of band emission limit to be used at the 849 MHz and 894 MHz
   band edge(s) in specified geographical areas, in lieu of that set forth in
   this section, pursuant to a private contractual arrangement of all affected
   licensees and applicants. In this event, each party to such contract shall
   maintain a copy of the contract in their station files and disclose it to
   prospective assignees or transferees and, upon request, to the FCC.

   (d) Interference caused by out of band emissions. If any emission from a
   transmitter operating in this service results in interference to users of
   another radio service, the FCC may require a greater attenuation of that
   emission than specified in this section.

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.863   Frequency stability.

   top

   The  frequency stability of equipment used under this subpart shall be
   sufficient to ensure that, after accounting for Doppler frequency shifts,
   the occupied bandwidth of the fundamental emissions remains within the
   authorized frequency bands of operation.

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.867   Effective radiated power limits.

   top

   The effective radiated power (ERP) of ground and airborne stations operating
   on the frequency ranges listed in §22.857 must not exceed the limits in this
   section.

   (a) The peak ERP of airborne mobile station transmitters must not exceed 12
   Watts.

   (b) The peak ERP of ground station transmitters must not exceed 500 Watts.

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.873   Construction requirements for commercial aviation air-ground
systems.

   top

   Licensees authorized to use more than one megahertz (1 MHz) of the 800 MHz
   commercial aviation air-ground spectrum allocation (see §22.857) must make a
   showing of “substantial service” as set forth in this section. Failure by
   any such licensee to meet this requirement will result in forfeiture of the
   license  and  the  licensee will be ineligible to regain it. Licensees
   authorized to use one megahertz or less of the 800 MHz commercial aviation
   air-ground spectrum allocation are not subject to the requirements in this
   section.

   (a) “Substantial service” is defined as service that is sound, favorable,
   and  substantially  above  a level of mediocre service that just might
   minimally warrant renewal.

   (b) Each commercial aviation air-ground system subject to the requirements
   of this section must demonstrate substantial service within 5 years after
   grant of the authorization. Substantial service may be demonstrated by, but
   is not limited to, either of the following “safe harbor” provisions:

   (1) Construction and operation of 20 ground stations, with at least one
   ground station located in each of the 10 Federal Aviation Administration
   regions; or,

   (2) Provision of service to the airspace of 25 of the 50 busiest airports
   (as measured by annual passenger boardings).

   [ 70 FR 19310 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.877   Unacceptable interference to Part 90 non-cellular 800 MHz licensees
from commercial aviation air-ground systems.

   top

   The  definition  of  unacceptable interference to non-cellular part 90
   licensees in the 800 MHz band from commercial aviation air-ground systems is
   the same as the definition set forth in §22.970 which is applicable to
   Cellular Radiotelephone Service systems.

   [ 70 FR 19311 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.878   Obligation to abate unacceptable interference.

   top

   This  section  applies  only  to  commercial  aviation ground stations
   transmitting in the 849–851 MHz band, other than commercial aviation ground
   stations operating under the authority of a license originally granted prior
   to January 1, 2004.

   (a) Strict responsibility. Any licensee who, knowingly or unknowingly,
   directly  or indirectly, causes or contributes to causing unacceptable
   interference to a non-cellular part 90 licensee in the 800 MHz band, as
   defined in §22.877, shall be strictly accountable to abate the interference,
   with  full  cooperation  and  utmost  diligence,  in the shortest time
   practicable. Interfering licensees shall consider all feasible interference
   abatement measures, including, but not limited to, the remedies specified in
   the interference resolution procedures set forth in §22.879. This strict
   responsibility obligation applies to all forms of interference, including
   out-of-band emissions and intermodulation.

   (b) Joint and Several responsibility. If two or more licensees, whether in
   the commercial aviation air-ground radiotelephone service or in the Cellular
   Radiotelephone Service (see §22.971), knowingly or unknowingly, directly or
   indirectly, cause or contribute to causing unacceptable interference to a
   non-cellular part 90 licensee in the 800 MHz band, as defined in §22.877,
   such  licensees shall be jointly and severally responsible for abating
   interference, with full cooperation and utmost diligence, in the shortest
   practicable time.

   (1)  This  joint  and several responsibility rule requires interfering
   licensees  to  consider  all feasible interference abatement measures,
   including, but not limited to, the remedies specified in the interference
   resolution  procedures set forth in §22.879(c). This joint and several
   responsibility  rule  applies  to all forms of interference, including
   out-of-band emissions and intermodulation.

   (2)  Any  licensee  that can show that its signal does not directly or
   indirectly cause or contribute to causing unacceptable interference to a
   non-cellular part 90 licensee in the 800 MHz band, as defined in §22.877,
   shall not be held responsible for resolving unacceptable interference.
   Notwithstanding, any licensee that receives an interference complaint from a
   public safety/CII licensee shall respond to such complaint consistent with
   the interference resolution procedures set forth in §22.879.

   [ 70 FR 19411 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.879   Interference resolution procedures.

   top

   This  section  applies  only  to  commercial  aviation ground stations
   transmitting in the 849–851 MHz band, other than commercial aviation ground
   stations operating under the authority of a license originally granted prior
   to January 1, 2004.

   (a) Initial notification. Commercial aviation air-ground system licensees
   may receive initial notification of interference from non-cellular part 90
   licensees in the 800 MHz band pursuant to §90.674(a) of this chapter.

   (1) Commercial aviation air-ground system licensees shall join with part 90
   ESMR licensees and Cellular Radiotelephone Service licensees in utilizing an
   electronic  means  of  receiving the initial notification described in
   §90.674(a) of this chapter. See §22.972.

   (2) Commercial aviation air-ground system licensees must respond to the
   initial notification described in §90.674(a) of this chapter as soon as
   possible and no later than 24 hours after receipt of notification from a
   part 90 public safety/CII licensee. This response time may be extended to 48
   hours after receipt from other part 90 non-cellular licensees provided
   affected communications on these systems are not safety related.

   (b)  Interference  analysis.  Commercial  aviation  air-ground  system
   licensees—who receive an initial notification described in §90.674(a) of
   this chapter—shall perform a timely analysis of the interference to identify
   the  possible  source.  Immediate on-site visits may be conducted when
   necessary  to  complete timely analysis. Interference analysis must be
   completed and corrective action initiated within 48 hours of the initial
   complaint from a part 90 public safety/CII licensee. This response time may
   be extended to 96 hours after the initial complaint from other part 90
   non-cellular licensees provided affected communications on these systems are
   not  safety  related. Corrective action may be delayed if the affected
   licensee  agrees  in writing (which may be, but is not required to be,
   recorded via e-mail or other electronic means) to a longer period.

   (c) Mitigation steps. Any commercial aviation air-ground system that is
   responsible for causing unacceptable interference to non-cellular part 90
   licensees in the 800 MHz band shall take affirmative measures to resolve
   such interference.

   (1) Commercial aviation air-ground system licensees found to contribute to
   unacceptable  interference,  as defined in §22.877, shall resolve such
   interference  in  the  shortest  time practicable. Commercial aviation
   air-ground system licensees must provide all necessary test apparatus and
   technical personnel skilled in the operation of such equipment as may be
   necessary to determine the most appropriate means of timely eliminating the
   interference. However, the means whereby interference is abated or the
   technical parameters that may need to be adjusted is left to the discretion
   of the commercial aviation air-ground system licensee, whose affirmative
   measures may include, but not be limited to, the following techniques:

   (i) Increasing the desired power of the public safety/CII signal;

   (ii) Decreasing the power of the commercial aviation air-ground system
   signal;

   (iii) Modifying the commercial aviation air-ground system antenna height;

   (iv)  Modifying  the  commercial  aviation  air-ground  system antenna
   characteristics;

   (v) Incorporating filters into the commercial aviation air-ground system
   transmission equipment;

   (vi) Changing commercial aviation air-ground system frequencies; and

   (vii) Supplying interference-resistant receivers to the affected public
   safety/CII licensee(s). If this technique is used, in all circumstances,
   commercial aviation air-ground system licensees shall be responsible for all
   costs thereof.

   (2) Whenever short-term interference abatement measures prove inadequate,
   the affected part 90 non-cellular licensee shall, consistent with but not
   compromising  safety,  make  all  necessary  concessions  to accepting
   interference until a longer-term remedy can be implemented.

   (3) When a part 90 public safety licensee determines that a continuing
   presence of interference constitutes a clear and imminent danger to life or
   property,  the  licensee causing the interference must discontinue the
   associated operation immediately, until a remedy can be identified and
   applied.  The  determination  that  a  continuing presence exists that
   constitutes a clear and imminent danger to life or property, must be made by
   written statement that:

   (i) Is in the form of a declaration, notarized affidavit, or statement under
   penalty or perjury, from an officer or executive of the affected public
   safety licensee;

   (ii) Thoroughly describes the basis of the claim of clear and imminent
   danger;

   (iii) Was formulated on the basis of either personal knowledge or belief
   after due diligence;

   (iv) Is not proffered by a contractor or other third party; and,

   (v)  Has  been approved by the Chief of the Public Safety and Homeland
   Security  Bureau or other designated Commission official. Prior to the
   authorized official making a determination that a clear and imminent danger
   exists, the associated written statement must be served by hand-delivery or
   receipted fax on the applicable offending licensee, with a copy transmitted
   by  the  fastest  available  means to the Washington, DC office of the
   Commission's Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau.

   [ 70 FR 19311 , Apr. 13, 2005, as amended at  71 FR 69038 , Nov. 29, 2006]

§ 22.880   Information exchange.

   top

   (a) Prior notification. Public safety/CII licensees may notify a commercial
   aviation  air-ground  system  licensee that they wish to receive prior
   notification of the activation or modification of a commercial aviation
   air-ground  system  ground station site in their area. Thereafter, the
   commercial aviation air-ground system licensee must provide the following
   information to the public safety/CII licensee at least 10 business days
   before a new ground station is activated or an existing ground station is
   modified:

   (1) Location;

   (2) Effective radiated power;

   (3) Antenna manufacturer, model number, height above ground level and up
   tilt angle, as installed;

   (4) Channels available for use.

   (b) Purpose of prior notification. The prior notification of ground station
   activation  or modification is for informational purposes only: public
   safety/CII licensees are not afforded the right to accept or reject the
   activation of a proposed ground station or to unilaterally require changes
   in its operating parameters. The principal purposes of prior notification
   are to:

   (1)  Allow  a public safety licensee to advise the commercial aviation
   air-ground system licensee whether it believes a proposed ground station
   will generate unacceptable interference;

   (2)  Permit  commercial aviation air-ground system licensee(s) to make
   voluntary changes in ground station parameters when a public safety licensee
   alerts them to possible interference; and

   (3) Rapidly identify the source if interference is encountered when the
   ground station is activated.

   [ 70 FR 19312 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.881   Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service subject to competitive bidding.

   top

   Mutually exclusive initial applications for general aviation Air-Ground
   Radiotelephone Service licenses and mutually exclusive initial applications
   for commercial Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service licenses are subject to
   competitive bidding. The general competitive bidding procedures set forth in
   part 1, subpart Q, of this chapter will apply unless otherwise provided in
   this subpart.

   [ 70 FR 76417 , Dec. 27, 2005]

§ 22.882   Designated entities.

   top

   (a) Eligibility for small business provisions in the commercial Air-Ground
   Radiotelephone Service.

   (1) A small business is an entity that, together with its affiliates, its
   controlling interests and the affiliates of its controlling interests, has
   average gross revenues that are not more than $40 million for the preceding
   three years.

   (2) A very small business is an entity that, together with its affiliates,
   its controlling interests and the affiliates of its controlling interests,
   has  average gross revenues that are not more than $15 million for the
   preceding three years.

   (b) Bidding credits in the commercial Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service.

   (1) A winning bidder that qualifies as a small business, as defined in this
   section, or a consortium of small businesses may use a bidding credit of 15
   percent, as specified in §1.2110(f)(2)(iii) of this chapter, to lower the
   cost of its winning bid on a commercial Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service
   license.

   (2) A winning bidder that qualifies as a very small business, as defined in
   this section, or a consortium of very small businesses may use a bidding
   credit of 25 percent, as specified in §1.2110(f)(2)(ii) of this chapter, to
   lower the cost of its winning bid on a commercial Air-Ground Radiotelephone
   Service license.

   [ 70 FR 76417 , Dec. 27, 2005]

Subpart H—Cellular Radiotelephone Service

   top

§ 22.900   Scope.

   top

   The rules in this subpart govern the licensing and operation of cellular
   radiotelephone systems. Licensing and operation of these systems are also
   subject to rules elsewhere in this part that apply generally to the Public
   Mobile Services. In case of conflict, however, the rules in this subpart
   govern.

§ 22.901   Cellular service requirements and limitations.

   top

   The licensee of each cellular system is responsible for ensuring that its
   cellular system operates in compliance with this section.

   (a) Each cellular system must provide either mobile service, fixed service,
   or a combination of mobile and fixed service, subject to the requirements,
   limitations and exceptions in this section. Mobile service provided may be
   of any type, including two way radiotelephone, dispatch, one way or two way
   paging, and personal communications services (as defined in part 24 of this
   chapter). Fixed service is considered to be primary service, as is mobile
   service.  When  both  mobile  and fixed service are provided, they are
   considered to be co primary services. In providing cellular services, each
   cellular system may incorporate any technology that meets all applicable
   technical requirements in this part.

   (b) Until February 18, 2008, each cellular system that provides two-way
   cellular mobile radiotelephone service must—

   (1) Maintain the capability to provide compatible analog service (“AMPS”) to
   cellular  telephones  designed  in conformance with the specifications
   contained   in  sections  1  and  2  of  the  standard  document  ANSI
   TIA/EIA–553–A–1999  Mobile Station—Base Station Compatibility Standard
   (approved October 14, 1999); or, the corresponding portions, applicable to
   mobile stations, of whichever of the predecessor standard documents was in
   effect at the time of the manufacture of the telephone. This incorporation
   by  reference  was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in
   accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the standard
   may be purchased from Global Engineering Documents, 15 Inverness Way East,
   Englewood, CO 80112–5704 (or via the internet at http://global.ihs.com) .
   Copies  are  available  for  inspection  at the Federal Communications
   Commission, 445 12th Street, SW, Washington, DC 20554, or at the National
   Archives  and  Records  Administration  (NARA). For information on the
   availability  of  this  material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to:
   http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_loc
   ations.html. 

   (2)  Provide AMPS, upon request, to subscribers and roamers using such
   cellular telephones while such subscribers are located in any portion of the
   cellular system's CGSA where facilities have been constructed and service to
   subscribers  has  commenced. See also §20.12 of this chapter. Cellular
   licensees must allot sufficient system resources such that the quality of
   AMPS provided, in terms of geographic coverage and traffic capacity, is
   fully adequate to satisfy the concurrent need for AMPS availability.

   [ 67 FR 77191 , Dec. 17, 2002, as amended at  69 FR 18803 , Apr. 9, 2004]

§ 22.905   Channels for cellular service.

   top

   The  following frequency bands are allocated for assignment to service
   providers in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service.

   (a) Channel Block A: 869–880 MHz paired with 824–835 MHz, and 890–891.5 MHz
   paired with 845–846.5 MHz.

   (b) Channel Block B: 880–890 MHz paired with 835–845 MHz, and 891.5–894 MHz
   paired with 846.5–849 MHz.

   [ 67 FR 77191 , Dec. 17, 2002]

§ 22.907   Coordination of channel usage.

   top

   Licensees in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service must coordinate, with the
   appropriate parties, channel usage at each transmitter location within 121
   kilometers (75 miles) of any transmitter locations authorized to other
   licensees or proposed by tentative selectees or other applicants, except
   those with mutually exclusive applications.

   (a)  Licensees  must  cooperate and make reasonable efforts to resolve
   technical problems that may inhibit effective and efficient use of the
   cellular radio spectrum; however, licensees are not obligated to suggest
   extensive  changes  to  or redesign other licensees' cellular systems.
   Licensees must make reasonable efforts to avoid blocking the growth of other
   cellular systems that are likely to need additional capacity in the future.

   (b)  If  technical problems are addressed by an agreement or operating
   agreement between the licensees that would result in a reduction of quality
   or capacity of either system, the licensees must notify the Commission by
   updating FCC Form 601.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  63 FR 68951 , Dec. 14, 1998]

§ 22.909   Cellular markets.

   top

   Cellular  markets  are  standard  geographic areas used by the FCC for
   administrative convenience in the licensing of cellular systems. Cellular
   markets comprise Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs) and Rural Service
   Areas (RSAs). All cellular markets and the counties they comprise are listed
   in Public Notice Report No. CL–92–40 “Common Carrier Public Mobile Services
   Information, Cellular MSA/RSA Markets and Counties”, dated January 24, 1992,
   DA 92–109, 7 FCC Rcd 742 (1992).

   (a)  MSAs. Metropolitan Statistical Areas are 306 areas, including New
   England County Metropolitan Areas and the Gulf of Mexico Service Area (water
   area of the Gulf of Mexico, border is the coastline), defined by the Office
   of Management and Budget, as modified by the FCC.

   (b) RSAs. Rural Service Areas are 428 areas, other than MSAs, established by
   the FCC.

§ 22.911   Cellular geographic service area.

   top

   The Cellular Geographic Service Area (CGSA) of a cellular system is the
   geographic area considered by the FCC to be served by the cellular system.
   The  CGSA  is  the  area within which cellular systems are entitled to
   protection and within which adverse effects for the purpose of determining
   whether a petitioner has standing are recognized.

   (a) CGSA determination. The CGSA is the composite of the service areas of
   all of the cells in the system, excluding any area outside the cellular
   market boundary, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and
   excluding any area within the CGSA of another cellular system. The service
   area of a cell is the area within its service area boundary (SAB). The
   distance to the SAB is calculated as a function of effective radiated power
   (ERP) and antenna center of radiation height above average terrain (HAAT),
   height above sea level (HASL) or height above mean sea level (HAMSL).

   (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (b) of this section, the
   distance from a cell transmitting antenna to its SAB along each cardinal
   radial is calculated as follows:

   d=2.531×h^0.34 xp^0.17

   where:

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (2) The distance from a cell transmitting antenna located in the Gulf of
   Mexico  Service  Area  (GMSA) to its SAB along each cardinal radial is
   calculated as follows:

   d = 6.895 × h^0.30 × p^0.15

   Where: 

   d is the radial distance in kilometers

   h is the radial antenna HAAT in meters

   p is the radial ERP in Watts

   (3) The value used for h in the formula in paragraph (a)(2) of this section
   must not be less than 8 meters (26 feet) HASL (or HAMSL, as appropriate for
   the support structure). The value used for h in the formula in paragraph
   (a)(1) of this section must not be less than 30 meters (98 feet) HAAT,
   except that for unserved area applications proposing a cell with an ERP not
   exceeding 10 Watts, the value for h used in the formula in paragraph (a)(1)
   of this section to determine the service area boundary for that cell may be
   less than 30 meters (98 feet) HAAT, but not less than 3 meters (10 feet)
   HAAT.

   (4) The value used for p in the formulas in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of
   this section must not be less than 0.1 Watt or 27 dB less than (1/500 of)
   the maximum ERP in any direction, whichever is more.

   (5) Whenever use of the formula in paragraph (a)(1) of this section pursuant
   to the exception contained in paragraph (a)(3) of this section results in a
   calculated distance that is less than 5.4 kilometers (3.4 miles), the radial
   distance to the service area boundary is deemed to be 5.4 kilometers (3.4
   miles).

   (6) The distance from a cell transmitting antenna to the SAB along any
   radial  other  than the eight cardinal radials is calculated by linear
   interpolation of distance as a function of angle.

   (b) Alternative CGSA determination . If a carrier believes that the method
   described in paragraph (a) of this section produces a CGSA that departs
   significantly (±20% in the service area of any cell) from the geographic
   area where reliable cellular service is actually provided, the carrier may
   submit, as an exhibit to an application for modification of the CGSA using
   FCC Form 601, a depiction of what the carrier believes the CGSA should be.
   Such submissions must be accompanied by one or more supporting propagation
   studies using methods appropriate for the 800–900 MHz frequency range,
   including all supporting data and calculations, and/or by extensive field
   strength measurement data. For the purpose of such submissions, cellular
   service is considered to be provided in all areas, including “dead spots”,
   between the transmitter location and the locus of points where the predicted
   or measured median field strength finally drops to 32 dBµV/m (i.e. does not
   exceed 32 dBµV/m further out). If, after consideration of such submissions,
   the FCC finds that adjustment to a CGSA is warranted, the FCC may grant the
   application.

   (1) The alternative CGSA determination must define the CGSA in terms of
   distances from the cell sites to the 32 dBuV/m contour along the eight
   cardinal radials, with points in other azimuthal directions determined by
   the method given in paragraph (a)(6) of this section. The distances used for
   the cardinal radials must be representative of the coverage within the 45°
   sectors, as depicted by the alternative CGSA determination.

   (2) If an uncalibrated predictive model is used to depict the CGSA, the
   alternative CGSA determination must identify factors (e.g. terrain roughness
   or features) that could plausibly account for the difference between actual
   coverage  and  that defined by the formula in paragraph (a)(1) of this
   section. If actual measurements or a measurement-calibrated predictive model
   are used to depict the CGSA, and this fact is disclosed in the alternative
   CGSA determination, it is not necessary to offer an explanation of the
   difference  between actual coverage and that defined by the formula in
   paragraph (a)(1) of this section. If the formula in paragraph (a)(1) of this
   section  is clearly inapplicable for the cell(s) in question (e.g. for
   microcells), this should be disclosed in the alternative CGSA determination.

   (3)  The  provision  for  alternative  CGSA determinations was made in
   recognition  that the formula in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is a
   general model that provides a reasonable approximation of coverage in most
   land areas, but may under-predict or over-predict coverage in specific areas
   with unusual terrain roughness or features, and may be inapplicable for
   certain  purposes,  e.g. , cells with a coverage radius of less than 8
   kilometers (5 miles). In such cases, alternative methods that utilize more
   specific models are appropriate. Accordingly, the FCC does not consider use
   of the formula in paragraph (a)(1) of this section with parameters outside
   of the limits in paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this section or
   with  data  for  radials other than the cardinal radials to be a valid
   alternative method for determining the CGSA of a cellular system.

   (c) CGSA extension areas. SAB extensions (areas outside of the cellular
   market boundary, but within the service area as calculated using the methods
   of  paragraph (a) of this section) are part of the CGSA only under the
   following circumstances:

   (1) During the five year build-out period of the system in the cellular
   market  containing the extension, the licensees of systems on the same
   channel block in adjacent cellular markets may agree that the portion of the
   service area of one system that extends into unserved areas in the other
   system's cellular market is part of the CGSA of the former system.

   (2)  At the end of the five year build-out period of the system in the
   cellular market containing the extension, the portion of the service area
   that extends into unserved areas in another cellular market becomes part of
   the CGSA, provided that the licensee of the system so extended files a
   system information update in accordance with §22.947(c).

   (3) For original systems in MSAs, extensions of the CGSA authorized by the
   FCC are part of the CGSA to the extent authorized.

   (d) Protection afforded. Within the CGSA determined in accordance with this
   section, cellular systems are entitled to protection from co-channel and
   first-adjacent channel interference and from capture of subscriber traffic
   by adjacent systems on the same channel block.

   (1) Licensees must cooperate in resolving co-channel and first-adjacent
   channel interference by changing channels used at specific cells or by other
   technical means.

   (2) Protection from capture of subscriber traffic is applied and limited in
   accordance with the following:

   (i) Subscriber traffic is captured if an SAB of one cellular system overlaps
   the CGSA of another operating cellular system. Therefore, cellular licensees
   must not begin to operate any facility that would cause an SAB to overlap
   the existing CGSA of another cellular system on the same channel block,
   without first obtaining the written consent of the licensee of that system.
   However, cellular licensees may continue to operate existing facilities that
   produce an SAB overlapping a subsequently-authorized portion of the CGSA of
   another cellular system on the same channel block until the licensee of that
   system requests that the SAB be removed from its CGSA. Such request may be
   made directly to the licensee of the overlapping system or to the FCC. In
   the event such request is made, the licensee of the overlapping system must
   reduce the transmitting power or antenna height (or both) at the pertinent
   cell site as necessary to remove the SAB from the CGSA of the other system,
   unless a written consent from the licensee of the other system allowing the
   SAB to remain is obtained. Cellular licensees may enter into contracts with
   the licensees of other cellular systems on the same channel block to allow
   SABs to overlap CGSAs.

   (ii) Cellular licensees are at most entitled to have a CGSA free of SABs
   from other cellular systems on the same channel block.

   (e) Unserved areas. Unserved areas are areas outside of all existing CGSAs
   (on either of the channel blocks), to which the Communications Act of 1934,
   as amended, is applicable.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994;  63 FR 68951 , Dec. 14, 1998;  67 FR 9609 , Mar. 4, 2002;  67 FR 77191 , Dec. 17, 2002;
    68 FR 42295 , July 17, 2003]

§ 22.912   Service area boundary extensions.

   top

   This  section  contains  rules  governing  service area boundary (SAB)
   extensions.  SAB  extensions  are areas outside of the cellular market
   boundary, but within the service area as calculated using the methods of
   §22.911(a). Cellular systems must be designed to comply with the rules in
   this section. Applications proposing systems that would not comply with the
   rules in this section are defective. Service within SAB extensions is not
   protected from interference or capture under §22.911(d) unless and until the
   area within the SAB extension becomes a part of the cellular geographic
   service area (CGSA) in accordance with §22.911(c).

   (a) De minimis extensions. Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (b)
   and (d) of this section, SABs may be extended into adjacent cellular markets
   if  such  extensions are de minimis , are demonstrably unavoidable for
   technical reasons of sound engineering design, and do not extend into the
   CGSA of any other licensee's cellular system on the same channel block, any
   part of the Gulf of Mexico Exclusive Zone (GMEZ), or into any adjacent
   cellular market on a channel block for which the five year build-out period
   has expired.

   (b) Contract extensions. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d) of
   this section, cellular system licensees may enter into contracts to allow
   SAB extensions as follows:

   (1) The licensee of any cellular system may, at any time, enter into a
   contract with an applicant for, or licensee of, a cellular system on the
   same channel block in an adjacent cellular market, to allow one or more SAB
   extensions into its CGSA only (not into unserved area).

   (2) The licensee of the first authorized cellular system on each channel
   block in the Gulf of Mexico Service Area (GMSA) may enter into a contract
   with an applicant for, or licensee of, a cellular system on the same channel
   block in an adjacent cellular market or in the Gulf of Mexico Coastal Zone
   (GMCZ),  to  allow  one or more SAB extensions into the Gulf of Mexico
   Exclusive Zone.

   (3) The licensee of the first authorized cellular system on each channel
   block in each cellular market may enter into a contract with an applicant
   for  or  licensee of a cellular system on the same channel block in an
   adjacent cellular market, to allow one or more SAB extensions into its CGSA
   and/or unserved area in its cellular market, during its five year build-out
   period.

   (b) Contract extensions. Except as restricted in paragraph (d) of this
   section, licensees of cellular systems on the same channel block in adjacent
   cellular markets may, at any time, enter into contracts with applicants or
   other licensees to allow SAB extensions into their CGSA only (not into
   unserved areas). Except as restricted in paragraph (d) of this section,
   licensees of the first authorized cellular systems on the same channel block
   in adjacent cellular markets may agree to allow SAB extensions into their
   CGSA and/or unserved areas in their cellular markets during the five year
   build-out period of the market into which the SAB extends.

   (c) Same applicant/licensee. Except as restricted in paragraph (d) of this
   section,  licensees  of cellular systems that are also an applicant or
   licensee on the same channel block in adjacent cellular markets may, at any
   time, allow or propose SAB extensions from their adjacent market system into
   their CGSH only (not into unserved areas). Except as restricted in paragraph
   (d) of this section, licensees of the first authorized cellular systems that
   are also an applicant or licensee on the same channel block in adjacent
   cellular markets may allow or propose SAB extensions from their adjacent
   market  system into their CGSA and/or unserved areas in their cellular
   markets during the five year build-out period of the market into which the
   SAB extends.

   (d) Unserved area systems. Phase I initial cellular applications must not
   propose SAB extensions. Phase I sole major modification applications and
   Phase II applications may propose SAB extensions, subject to the conditions
   in this section.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  68 FR 42295 , July 17, 2003]

§ 22.913   Effective radiated power limits.

   top

   The  effective  radiated  power  (ERP) of transmitters in the Cellular
   Radiotelephone Service must not exceed the limits in this section.

   (a) Maximum ERP. In general, the effective radiated power (ERP) of base
   transmitters and cellular repeaters must not exceed 500 Watts. However, for
   those  systems  operating  in  areas  more  than 72 km (45 miles) from
   international borders that:

   (1) Are located in counties with population densities of 100 persons or
   fewer per square mile, based upon the most recently available population
   statistics from the Bureau of the Census; or,

   (2) Extend coverage on a secondary basis into cellular unserved areas, as
   those  areas  are defined in §22.949, the ERP of base transmitters and
   cellular repeaters of such systems must not exceed 1000 Watts. The ERP of
   mobile transmitters and auxiliary test transmitters must not exceed 7 Watts.

   (b) Height-power limit. The ERP of base transmitters must not exceed the
   amount that would result in an average distance to the service area boundary
   of 79.1 kilometers (49 miles) for cellular systems authorized to serve the
   Gulf of Mexico MSA and 40.2 kilometers (25 miles) for all other cellular
   systems. The average distance to the service area boundary is calculated by
   taking the arithmetic mean of the distances determined using the procedures
   specified in §22.911 for the eight cardinal radial directions.

   (c) Coordination exemption. Licensees need not comply with the height-power
   limit  in  paragraph  (b) of this section if the proposed operation is
   coordinated with the licensees of all affected cellular systems on the same
   channel block within 121 kilometers (75 miles) and concurrence is obtained.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  69 FR 75171 , Dec. 15, 2004]

§ 22.917   Emission limitations for cellular equipment.

   top

   The rules in this section govern the spectral characteristics of emissions
   in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service.

   (a)  Out  of  band emissions. The power of any emission outside of the
   authorized  operating  frequency  ranges  must be attenuated below the
   transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log(P) dB.

   (b) Measurement procedure. Compliance with these rules is based on the use
   of measurement instrumentation employing a resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz
   or greater. In the 1 MHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to the
   frequency  block a resolution bandwidth of at least one percent of the
   emission bandwidth of the fundamental emission of the transmitter may be
   employed. A narrower resolution bandwidth is permitted in all cases to
   improve measurement accuracy provided the measured power is integrated over
   the full required measurement bandwidth ( i.e. 100 kHz or 1 percent of
   emission bandwidth, as specified). The emission bandwidth is defined as the
   width  of  the signal between two points, one below the carrier center
   frequency and one above the carrier center frequency, outside of which all
   emissions are attenuated at least 26 dB below the transmitter power.

   (c) Alternative out of band emission limit. Licensees in this service may
   establish an alternative out of band emission limit to be used at specified
   band edge(s) in specified geographical areas, in lieu of that set forth in
   this section, pursuant to a private contractual arrangement of all affected
   licensees and applicants. In this event, each party to such contract shall
   maintain a copy of the contract in their station files and disclose it to
   prospective assignees or transferees and, upon request, to the FCC.

   (d) Interference caused by out of band emissions. If any emission from a
   transmitter operating in this service results in interference to users of
   another radio service, the FCC may require a greater attenuation of that
   emission than specified in this section.

   [ 67 FR 77191 , Dec. 17, 2002]

§ 22.921   911 call processing procedures; 911-only calling mode.

   top

   Mobile telephones manufactured after February 13, 2000 that are capable of
   operating  in  the analog mode described in the standard document ANSI
   TIA/EIA–553–A–1999  Mobile Station—Base Station Compatibility Standard
   (approved October 14, 1999—available for purchase from Global Engineering
   Documents, 15 Inverness East, Englewood, CO 80112), must incorporate a
   special procedure for processing 911 calls. Such procedure must recognize
   when a 911 call is made and, at such time, must override any programming in
   the mobile unit that determines the handling of a non-911 call and permit
   the call to be transmitted through the analog systems of other carriers.
   This special procedure must incorporate one or more of the 911 call system
   selection processes endorsed or approved by the FCC.

   [ 67 FR 77192 , Dec. 17, 2002]

§ 22.923   Cellular system configuration.

   top

   Mobile stations communicate with and through base transmitters only. Base
   transmitters communicate with mobile stations directly or through cellular
   repeaters. Auxiliary test stations may communicate with base or mobile
   stations for the purpose of testing equipment.

§ 22.925   Prohibition on airborne operation of cellular telephones.

   top

   Cellular telephones installed in or carried aboard airplanes, balloons or
   any other type of aircraft must not be operated while such aircraft are
   airborne (not touching the ground). When any aircraft leaves the ground, all
   cellular telephones on board that aircraft must be turned off. The following
   notice must be posted on or near each cellular telephone installed in any
   aircraft:

   “The  use  of  cellular  telephones while this aircraft is airborne is
   prohibited by FCC rules, and the violation of this rule could result in
   suspension of service and/or a fine. The use of cellular telephones while
   this aircraft is on the ground is subject to FAA regulations.”

§ 22.927   Responsibility for mobile stations.

   top

   Mobile stations that are subscribers in good standing to a cellular system,
   when receiving service from that cellular system, are considered to be
   operating under the authorization of that cellular system. Cellular system
   licensees are responsible for exercising effective operational control over
   mobile stations receiving service through their cellular systems. Mobile
   stations that are subscribers in good standing to a cellular system, while
   receiving service from a different cellular system, are considered to be
   operating under the authorization of such different system. The licensee of
   such different system is responsible, during such temporary period, for
   exercising effective operational control over such mobile stations as if
   they were subscribers to it.

§ 22.929   Application requirements for the Cellular Radiotelephone Service.

   top

   In  addition to information required by subparts B and D of this part,
   applications  for authorization in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service
   contain required information as described in the instructions to the form.
   Site coordinates must be referenced to NAD83 and be correct to ±1 second.

   (a) Administrative information . The following information is required
   either by FCC Form 601, or as an exhibit:

   (1) Location description; city; county; state; geographical coordinates
   correct to ±1 second, the datum used (NAD 83), site elevation above mean sea
   level, proximity to adjacent market boundaries and international borders;

   (2) Antenna height to tip above ground level, the height of the center of
   radiation  of the antenna above the average terrain, the height of the
   antenna center of radiation above the average elevation of the terrain along
   each  of the 8 cardinal radials, antenna gain in the maximum lobe, the
   beamwidth of the maximum lobe of the antenna, a polar plot of the horizontal
   gain pattern of the antenna, the electric field polarization of the wave
   emitted by the antenna when installed as proposed:

   (3) The channel block requested, the maximum effective radiated power, the
   effective radiated power in each of the cardinal radial directions.

   (b) If the application involves a service area boundary (SAB) extension
   (§22.912  of  this  chapter), the licensee must provide a statement as
   described in §22.953.

   (c) Maps . If the application proposes a change in the CGSA, it must include
   full size and reduced maps, and supporting engineering, as described in
   §22.953 (a)(1) through (a)(3).

   (d) Antenna Information. Upon request by an applicant, licensee, or the
   Commission, a cellular applicant or licensee of whom the request is made
   shall  furnish  the  antenna  type, model, and the name of the antenna
   manufacturer to the requesting party within ten (10) days of receiving
   written notification.

   [ 63 FR 68951 , Dec. 14, 1998, as amended at  64 FR 53241 , Oct. 1, 1999]

§ 22.935   Procedures for comparative renewal proceedings.

   top

   The procedures in this section apply to comparative renewal proceedings in
   the Cellular Radiotelephone Service.

   (a) If one or more of the applications competing with an application for
   renewal of a cellular authorization are filed, the renewal applicant must
   file  with  the  Commission  its  original  renewal expectancy showing
   electronically via the ULS. This filing must be submitted no later than 60
   days after the date of the Public Notice listing as acceptable for filing
   the renewal application and the competing applications.

   (b)  Interested parties may file petitions to deny any of the mutually
   exclusive applications. Any such petitions to deny must be filed no later
   than 30 days after the date that the renewal applicant submitted its renewal
   expectancy showing. Applicants may file replies to any petitions to deny
   applications that are filed. Any such replies must be filed no later than 15
   days after the date that the petition(s) to deny was filed. No further
   pleadings will be accepted.

   (c)  In  most  instances,  the  renewal  application and any competing
   applications will be designated for a two-step procedure. An Administrative
   Law Judge (Presiding Judge) will conduct a threshold hearing (step one), in
   which both the licensee and the competing applicants will be parties, to
   determine whether the renewal applicant deserves a renewal expectancy. If
   the order designating the applications for hearing specifies any basic
   qualifying issues against the licensee, those issues will be tried in this
   threshold  hearing. If the Presiding Judge determines that the renewal
   applicant is basically qualified and due a renewal expectancy, the competing
   applicants will be found ineligible for further consideration and their
   applications will be denied. If the Presiding Judge determines that the
   renewal applicant does not merit a renewal expectancy but is otherwise
   qualified, then all of the applications will be considered in a comparative
   hearing (step two).

   (d) Any competing applicant may request a waiver of the threshold hearing
   (step one), if such applicant demonstrates that its proposal so far exceeds
   the service already being provided that there would be no purpose in making
   a threshold determination as to whether the renewal applicant deserved a
   renewal expectancy vis-a-vis such a competing applicant. Any such waiver
   request must be filed at the time the requestor's application is filed.
   Petitions opposing such waiver requests may be filed. Any such petitions
   must  be  filed  no later than 30 days after the date that the renewal
   applicant submitted its renewal expectancy showing. Replies to any petitions
   opposing such waiver requests may be filed. Any such replies must be filed
   no later than 15 days after the date that the petition(s) were filed. No
   further pleadings will be accepted. Any waiver request submitted pursuant to
   this paragraph will be acted upon prior to designating the applications for
   hearing. If a request to waive the threshold hearing (step one) is granted,
   the renewal expectancy issue will be designated as part of the comparative
   hearing (step two), and will remain the most important comparative factor in
   deciding the case, as provided in §22.940(a).

   (e) If the Presiding Judge issues a ruling in the threshold (step one) that
   denies the licensee a renewal expectancy, all of the applicants involved in
   the proceeding will be allowed to file direct cases no later than 90 days
   after the release date of the Presiding Judge's ruling. Rebuttal cases must
   be filed no later than 30 days after the date that the direct cases were
   filed.

   (f)  The  Presiding  Judge  shall use the expedited hearing procedures
   delineated in this paragraph in both threshold (step one) and comparative
   (step two) hearings conducted in comparative cellular renewal proceedings.

   (1) The Presiding Judge will schedule a first hearing session as soon as
   practicable after the date for filing rebuttal evidence. This first session
   will  be an evidentiary admission session at which each applicant will
   identify and offer its previously circulated direct and rebuttal exhibits,
   and each party will have an opportunity to lodge objections.

   (2) After accepting the exhibits into evidence, the Presiding Judge will
   entertain motions to cross-examine and rule whether any sponsoring witness
   needs to be produced for cross-examination.

   Determination of what, if any, cross-examination is necessary is within the
   sound judicial discretion of the Presiding Judge, the prevailing standard
   being whether the person requesting cross-examination has persuasively
   demonstrated that written evidence is ineffectual to develop proof. If
   cross-examination is necessary, the Presiding Judge will specify a date for
   the appearance of all witnesses. In addition, if the designation order
   points out an area where additional underlying data is needed, the Presiding
   Judge  will  have the authority to permit the limited use of discovery
   procedures. Finally, the Presiding Judge may find that certain additional
   testimony or cross-examination is needed to provide a complete record for
   the FCC. If so, the Presiding Judge may schedule a further session.

   (3) After the hearing record is closed, the Presiding Judge may request
   Proposed Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law to be filed no later than
   30 days after the final hearing session. Replies are not permitted except in
   unusual cases and then only with respect to the specific issues named by the
   Presiding Judge.

   (4) The Presiding Judge will then issue an Initial Decision, preferably
   within 60 days of receipt of the last pleadings. If mutually exclusive
   applications  are before the Presiding Judge, the Presiding Judge will
   determine which applicant is best qualified. The Presiding Judge may also
   rank the applicants in order of merit if there are more than two.

   (5) Parties will have 30 days in which to file exceptions to the Initial
   Decision.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  62 FR 4172 , Jan. 29, 1997;  63 FR 68951 , Dec. 14, 1998]

§ 22.936   Dismissal of applications in cellular renewal proceedings.

   top

   Any applicant that has filed an application in the Cellular Radiotelephone
   Service that is mutually exclusive with an application for renewal of a
   cellular authorization (competing application), and seeks to resolve the
   mutual exclusivity by requesting dismissal of its application, must obtain
   the approval of the FCC.

   (a) If a competing applicant seeks to dismiss its application prior to the
   Initial Decision stage of the hearing on its application, it must submit to
   the Commission a request for approval of the dismissal of its application.
   This  request for approval of the dismissal of its application must be
   submitted and must also include a copy of any agreement related to the
   withdrawal or dismissal, and an affidavit setting forth:

   (1) A certification that neither the petitioner nor its principals has
   received or will receive any money or other consideration in excess of
   legitimate and prudent expenses in exchange for the withdrawal or dismissal
   of the application, except that this provision does not apply to dismissal
   or withdrawal of applications pursuant to bona fide merger agreements;

   (2) The exact nature and amount of any consideration received or promised;

   (3) An itemized accounting of the expenses for which it seeks reimbursement;
   and

   (4) The terms of any oral agreement related to the withdrawal or dismissal
   of the application.

   (b)  In addition, within 5 days of the filing date of the applicant or
   petitioner's request for approval, each remaining party to any written or
   oral agreement must submit an affidavit setting forth:

   (1) A certification that neither the applicant nor its principals has paid
   or will pay money or other consideration in excess of the legitimate and
   prudent expenses of the petitioner in exchange for withdrawing or dismissing
   the application; and

   (2) The terms of any oral agreement relating to the withdrawal or dismissal
   of the application.

   (c) For the purposes of this section:

   (1) Affidavits filed pursuant to this section must be executed by the filing
   party, if an individual, a partner having personal knowledge of the facts,
   if a partnership, or an officer having personal knowledge of the facts, if a
   corporation or association.

   (2) Applications are deemed to be pending before the FCC from the time the
   application is filed with the FCC until such time as an order of the FCC
   granting, denying or dismissing the application is no longer subject to
   reconsideration by the FCC or to review by any court.

   (3) “Legitimate and prudent expenses” are those expenses reasonably incurred
   by a party in preparing to file, filing, prosecuting and/or settling its
   application for which reimbursement is sought.

   (4) “Other consideration” consists of financial concessions, including, but
   not  limited  to,  the transfer of assets or the provision of tangible
   pecuniary benefit, as well as non-financial concessions that confer any type
   of benefit on the recipient.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  63 FR 68951 , Dec. 14, 1998]

§ 22.939   Site availability requirements for applications competing with
cellular renewal applications.

   top

   In addition to the other requirements set forth in this part for initial
   cellular applications, any application competing against a cellular renewal
   application must contain, when initially filed, appropriate documentation
   demonstrating that its proposed antenna site(s) will be available. Competing
   applications that do not include such documentation will be dismissed. If
   the  competing applicant does not own a particular site, it must, at a
   minimum demonstrate that the site is available to it by providing a letter
   from the owner of the proposed antenna site expressing the owner's intent to
   sell or lease the proposed site to the applicant. If any proposed antenna
   site is under U.S. Government control, the applicant must submit written
   confirmation of the site's availability from the appropriate Government
   agency. Applicants which file competing applications against incumbent
   cellular  licensees  may  not rely on the assumption that an incumbent
   licensee's antenna sites are available for their use.

§ 22.940   Criteria for comparative cellular renewal proceedings.

   top

   This section sets forth criteria to be used in comparative cellular renewal
   proceedings. The ultimate issue in comparative renewal proceedings will be
   to determine, in light of the evidence adduced in the proceeding, what
   disposition  of the applications would best serve the public interest,
   convenience and necessity.

   (a)  Renewal expectancies. The most important comparative factor to be
   considered  in  a  comparative  cellular renewal proceeding is a major
   preference, commonly referred to as a “renewal expectancy.”

   (1)  The  cellular renewal applicant involved in a comparative renewal
   proceeding will receive a renewal expectancy, if its past record for the
   relevant license period demonstrates that:

   (i) The renewal applicant has provided “substantial” service during its past
   license term. “Substantial” service is defined as service which is sound,
   favorable, and substantially above a level of mediocre service which just
   might minimally warrant renewal; and

   (ii) The renewal applicant has substantially compiled with applicable FCC
   rules, policies and the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.

   (2) In order to establish its right to a renewal expectancy, a cellular
   renewal applicant involved in a comparative renewal proceeding must submit a
   showing explaining why it should receive a renewal expectancy. At a minimum,
   this showing must include.

   (i) A description of its current service in terms of geographic coverage and
   population served, as well as the system's ability to accommodate the needs
   of roamers;

   (ii) An explanation of its record of expansion, including a timetable of the
   construction  of new cell sites to meet changes in demand for cellular
   service;

   (iii) A description of its investments in its cellular system; and

   (iv) Copies of all FCC orders finding the licensee to have violated the
   Communications Act or any FCC rule or policy; and a list of any pending
   proceedings that relate to any matter described in this paragraph.

   (3) In making its showing of entitlement to a renewal expectancy, a renewal
   applicant may claim credit for any system modification applications that
   were pending on the date it filed its renewal application. Such credit will
   not be allowed if the modification application is dismissed or denied.

   (b) Additional comparative issues. The following additional comparative
   issues will be included in comparative cellular renewal proceedings, if a
   full comparative hearing is conducted pursuant to §22.935(c).

   (1) To determine on a comparative basis the geographic areas and population
   that each applicant proposes to serve; to determine and compare the relative
   demand for the services proposed in said areas; and to determine and compare
   the  ability  of  each  applicant's cellular system to accommodate the
   anticipated demand for both local and roamer service;

   (2)  To determine on a comparative basis each applicant's proposal for
   expanding its system capacity in a coordinated manner in order to meet
   anticipated increasing demand for both local and roamer service;

   (3) To determine on a comparative basis the nature and extent of the service
   proposed by each applicant, including each applicant's proposed rates,
   charges, maintenance, personnel, practices, classifications, regulations and
   facilities (including switching capabilities); and

   (4) To determine on a comparative basis each applicant's past performance in
   the cellular industry or another business of comparable type and size.

   (c) Additional showings for competing applications. With respect to evidence
   introduced pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, any applicant
   filing  a competing application against a cellular renewal application
   (competing applicant) who claims a preference for offering any service not
   currently offered by the incumbent licensee must demonstrate that there is
   demand for that new service and also present a business plan showing that
   the competing applicant can operate the system economically. Any competing
   applicant who proposes to replace analog technology with digital technology
   will receive no credit for its proposal unless it submits a business plan
   showing how it will operate its system economically and how it will provide
   more comprehensive service than does the incumbent licensee with existing
   and implemented cellular technology.

§ 22.943   Limitations on transfer of control and assignment for authorizations
issued as a result of a comparative renewal proceeding.

   top

   Except  as otherwise provided in this section, the FCC does not accept
   applications for consent to transfer of control or for assignment of the
   authorization of a cellular system that has been acquired by the current
   licensee for the first time as a result of a comparative renewal proceeding
   until the system has provided service to subscribers for at least three
   years.

   (a) The FCC may accept and grant applications for consent to transfer of
   control or for assignment of the authorization of a cellular system that is
   to be transferred as a part of a bona fide sale of an on-going business to
   which the cellular operation is incidental.

   (b) The FCC may accept and grant applications for consent to transfer of
   control or for assignment of the authorization of a cellular system that is
   to be transferred as a result of the death of the licensee.

   (c) The FCC may accept and grant applications for consent to transfer of
   control or for assignment of authorization if the transfer or assignment is
   pro forma and does not involve a change in ownership.

   [ 67 FR 77192 , Dec. 17, 2002]

§ 22.946   Service commencement and construction systems.

   top

   (a) Commencement of service. New cellular systems must be at least partially
   constructed and begin providing cellular service to subscribers within the
   service commencement periods specified in Table H–1 of this section. Service
   commencement  periods  begin  on  the  date  of  grant  of the initial
   authorization,  and  are  not  extended  by  the  grant  of subsequent
   authorizations for the cellular system (such as for major modifications).
   The licensee must notify the FCC (FCC Form 601) after the requirements of
   this section are met ( see §1.946 of this chapter).

   Table H–1—Commencement of Service
   Type of cellular system Required to commence service in
   The first system authorized on each channel block in markets 1–90 36 months.
   The first system authorized on each channel block in all other markets and
   any subsequent systems authorized pursuant to contracts in partitioned
   markets 18 months.
   The first system authorized on each channel block in the Gulf of Mexico
   Exclusive Zone No requirement.
   All other systems 12 months.

   (b) To satisfy this requirement, a cellular system must be interconnected
   with the public switched telephone network (PSTN) and must be providing
   service  to mobile stations operated by its subscribers and roamers. A
   cellular  system  is considered to be providing service only if mobile
   stations can originate telephone calls to and receive telephone calls from
   wireline telephones through the PSTN.

   (c) Construction period for specific facilities. The construction period
   applicable to specific new or modified cellular facilities for which a
   separate authorization is granted is one year, beginning on the date the
   authorization is granted.

   [ 67 FR 9609 , Mar. 4, 2002, as amended at  67 FR 77192 , Dec. 17, 2002]

§ 22.947   Five year build-out period.

   top

   Except for systems authorized in the Gulf of Mexico Exclusive Zone, the
   licensee of the first cellular system authorized on each channel block in
   each cellular market is afforded a five year period, beginning on the date
   the initial authorization for the system is granted, during which it may
   expand the system within that market.

   (a) Exclusive right to expand within market. Except as provided in paragraph
   (b) of this section, the FCC does not accept applications for authority to
   operate a new cellular system in any unserved area in a market on a channel
   block during the five year build-out period.

   (b)  Partitioned  markets . During the five-year build-out period, the
   licensee of the first cellular system on each channel block in each market
   may enter into contracts with eligible parties, allowing such parties to
   apply by using FCC Form 601 for a new cellular system in that channel block
   within  the market. The FCC may grant such applications if they are in
   compliance with the rules in this part. Markets with two or more authorized
   cellular systems on the same channel block during the five year build-out
   period are referred to (with respect to the affected channel block) as
   “partitioned markets”.

   (1) Partitioning contracts must define the CGSA of the subsequent cellular
   system in accordance with §22.911, including any expansion rights ceded. If
   not exercised, any such expansion rights terminate at the end of the five
   year build-out period.

   (2)  The  five  year  build-out  period begins on the date the initial
   authorization for the first cellular system is granted, and is not extended
   or  affected in any way by the initial authorization of any subsequent
   cellular systems pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.

   (c) System information update . Sixty days before the end of the five year
   build-out period, the licensee of each cellular system authorized on each
   channel block in each cellular market must file, in triplicate, a system
   information update (SIU), comprising a full size map, a reduced map, and an
   exhibit showing technical data relevant to determination of the system's
   CGSA. Separate maps must be submitted for each market into which the CGSA
   extends, showing the extension area in the adjacent market. Maps showing
   extension areas must be labeled ( i.e. marked with the market number and
   channel  block)  for the market into which the CGSA extends. SIUs must
   accurately depict the relevant cell locations and coverage of the system at
   the end of the five year build-out period. SIUs must be filed at the Federal
   Communications Commission, Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, Mobility
   Division, 445 12th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554. If any changes to the
   system occur after the filing of the SIU, but before the end of the five
   year build-out period, the licensee must file, in triplicate, additional
   maps and/or data as necessary to insure that the cell locations and coverage
   of the system as of the end of the five year build-out period are accurately
   depicted.

   (1) The scale of the full-size map must be 1:500,000, regardless of whether
   any different scale is used for the reduced map. The map must have a legend,
   a distance scale and correctly labeled latitude and longitude lines. The map
   must be clear and legible. The map must accurately show the cell sites
   (transmitting antenna locations) which determine the CGSA, the entire CGSA,
   any extension of the composite service are boundary beyond the CGSA (see
   §22.911) and the relevant portions of the cellular market boundary. The date
   on which the map depictions are accurate must appear on the map.

   (2) The reduced map must be a proportional reduction, to 81/2×11 inches, of
   the full-size map required in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unless it
   proves  to  be impractical to depict the entire market by reducing the
   full-size map. In such instance, an 81/2×11 inch map of a different scale
   may be substituted, provided that the required features of the full-size map
   are clearly depicted and labeled.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994;  63 FR 68951 , Dec. 14, 1998;  67 FR 13225 , Mar. 21, 2002;  67 FR 9609 , Mar. 4, 2002;
    70 FR 61058 , Oct. 20, 2005]

§ 22.948   Partitioning and Disaggregation.

   top

   (a) Eligibility —(1) Generally. Parties seeking approval for partitioning
   and disaggregation shall request an authorization for partial assignment of
   a  license  pursuant to §1.948 of this chapter. Cellular licensees may
   partition or disaggregate their spectrum to other qualified entities.

   (2) Partitioning. During the five year build-out period, as defined in
   §22.947, cellular licensees may partition any portion of their cellular
   market to other qualified entities. After the five year build-out period,
   cellular licensees and unserved area licensees may partition any portion of
   their Cellular Geographic Service Area (CGSA), as defined by §22.911, to
   other qualified entities but may not partition unserved portions of their
   cellular market.

   (3) Disaggregation. After the five year build-out period, as defined in
   §22.947, parties obtaining disaggregated spectrum may only use such spectrum
   in  that  portion  of  the cellular market encompassed by the original
   licensee's CGSA and may not use such spectrum to provide service to unserved
   portions of the cellular market.

   (b) Disaggregation. Cellular licensees and unserved area licensees may
   disaggregate spectrum in any amount.

   (c) Combined partitioning and disaggregation. The Commission will consider
   requests  for  partial  assignment  of  cellular licenses that propose
   combinations of partitioning and disaggregation.

   (d) License Term . The license term for the partitioned license area and for
   disaggregated spectrum shall be the remainder of the original cellular
   licensee's or the unserved area licensee's license term.

   [ 65 FR 37057 , June 13, 2000, as amended at  70 FR 61059 , Oct. 20, 2005]

§ 22.949   Unserved area licensing process.

   top

   This section sets forth the process for licensing unserved areas in cellular
   markets on channel blocks for which the five year build-out period has
   expired. This process has two phases: Phase I and Phase II. This section
   also sets forth the Phase II process applicable to applications to serve the
   Gulf of Mexico Coastal Zone.

   (a) Phase I. Phase I is a one-time process that provides an opportunity for
   eligible parties to file competing applications for authority to operate a
   new  cellular  system in or to expand an existing cellular system into
   unserved areas (Phase I initial applications) as soon as these areas become
   available. In addition, each licensee whose Phase I initial application is
   granted is afforded one opportunity during the Phase I process to file an
   application proposing major modifications to the cellular system authorized
   by that grant (a Phase I major modification application), without being
   subject to competing applications.

   (1) Phase I initial applications must be filed on the 31st day after the
   expiration of the five year build-out period of the authorized system(s) on
   the channel block requested in the market containing the unserved area.

   (i) Each Phase I application must request authorization for one and only one
   cellular geographic service area (CGSA) in one and only one cellular market.

   (ii) Applicants must not file more than one Phase I initial application for
   any cellular market.

   (iii)  Phase I initial applications must not propose any de minimis or
   contract service area boundary (SAB) extensions.

   (2) Only one Phase I initial application is granted on each channel block in
   each market. Consequently, whenever two or more acceptable Phase I initial
   applications are timely filed in the same market on the same channel block,
   such Phase I initial applications are mutually exclusive, regardless of any
   other considerations such as the technical proposals. In order to determine
   which of such mutually exclusive Phase I initial applications to grant, the
   Commission administers competitive bidding procedures in accordance with
   subpart Q of part 1 of this chapter. After such procedures, the application
   of the winning bidder may be granted and the applications excluded by that
   grant may be dismissed without prejudice.

   Note: Notwithstanding the provisions of §22.949(a)(2), mutually exclusive
   Phase I initial applications that were filed between March 10, 1993 and July
   25, 1993, inclusive, are to be included in a random selection process,
   following which the selected application may be granted and the applications
   excluded by that grant may be dismissed without prejudice.

   (3) Phase I major modification applications (applications filed during Phase
   I that propose major modifications to cellular systems authorized by the
   grant of Phase I initial applications) must be filed no later than 90 days
   after the grant of the Phase I initial application. Each Phase I licensee
   may file only one Phase I major modification application. The FCC will not
   accept  any  competing  applications  in  response  to a Phase I major
   modification application. Phase I licensees may not sell to a third party
   any rights to apply for unserved area.

   (i)  Phase I major modification applications may propose de minimis or
   contract SAB extensions; provided that a contract SAB extension into an
   adjacent market may be proposed only if, at the time the Phase I major
   modification application is filed, the licensee in the adjacent market (on
   the requested channel block) has the right to enter into such a contract
   (see §22.912(c)).

   (ii) Phase I major modification application may propose a CGSA that is not
   contiguous  with  the  authorized  or proposed CGSA, provided that the
   non-contiguous CGSA meets the minimum coverage requirement of §22.951.

   (4) Phase I licensees may also file applications for or notifications of
   minor modifications to its system. However, such minor modifications may not
   reduce  the size of the CGSA below the minimum coverage requirement of
   §22.951.

   (b) Phase II. Phase II is an on-going filing process that allows eligible
   parties to apply for any unserved areas that may remain in a market after
   the Phase I process is complete.

   (1) If a Phase I initial application is granted for a market and channel
   block,  Phase II applications (applications for authority to operate a
   cellular system in any remaining unserved area) for that market and channel
   block may be filed on or after the 121st day after the Phase I application
   was granted. If no Phase I initial applications are granted for a market and
   channel block, Phase II applications for that market and channel block may
   be filed on or after the 31st day after the FCC dismissed the last pending
   Phase I application. If no Phase I initial applications are received for a
   market and channel block, Phase II applications for that market and channel
   block may be filed on or after the 32nd day after the expiration of the
   relevant five-year build-out period.

   (2) There is no limit to the number of Phase II applications that may be
   granted  on  each channel block in each market. Consequently, Phase II
   applications  are  mutually exclusive only if the proposed CGSAs would
   overlap. Mutually exclusive applications are processed using the general
   procedures in §22.131.

   (3) Phase II applications may propose a CGSA covering more than one cellular
   market. Each Phase II application must request authorization for one and
   only one CGSA. Phase II applications may propose de minimis and contract SAB
   extensions.

   (c) Settlements among some, but not all, applicants with mutually exclusive
   applications  for unserved areas (partial settlements) are prohibited.
   Settlements among all applicants with mutually exclusive applications (full
   settlements) are allowed and must be filed no later than the date that the
   FCC Form 175 (short-form) is filed.

   (d) Limitations on amendments . Notwithstanding the provisions of §1.927 of
   this chapter, Phase I applications are subject to the following additional
   limitations in regard to the filing of amendments.

   (1) The Commission will not accept amendments (of any type) to mutually
   exclusive Phase I applications prior to the conclusion of the competitive
   bidding process.

   (2) The FCC will not accept major amendments to Phase I applications.

   (3) Minor amendments required by §1.65 of this chapter must be filed no
   later than thirty (30) days after public notice announcing the results of
   the competitive bidding process.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59956 , Nov. 21, 1994;  61 FR 58339 , Nov. 14, 1996;  67 FR 9610 , Mar. 4, 2002;  70 FR 61059 , Oct. 20, 2005]

§ 22.950   Provision of service in the Gulf of Mexico Service Area (GMSA)

   top

   The GMSA has been divided into two areas for licensing purposes, the Gulf of
   Mexico Exclusive Zone (GMEZ) and the Gulf of Mexico Coastal Zone (GMCZ).
   This section describes these areas and sets forth the process for licensing
   facilities in these two respective areas within the GMSA.

   (a) The GMEZ and GMCZ are defined as follows:

   (1) Gulf of Mexico Exclusive Zone. The geographical area within the Gulf of
   Mexico Service Area that lies between the coastline line and the southern
   demarcation line of the Gulf of Mexico Service Area, excluding the area
   comprising the Gulf of Mexico Coastal Zone.

   (2) Gulf of Mexico Coastal Zone. The geographical area within the Gulf of
   Mexico Service Area that lies between the coast line of Florida and a line
   extending approximately twelve nautical miles due south from the coastline
   boundary of the States of Florida and Alabama, and continuing along the west
   coast of Florida at a distance of twelve nautical miles from the shoreline.
   The line is defined by Great Circle arcs connecting the following points
   (geographical  coordinates  listed  as North Latitude, West Longitude)
   consecutively in the order listed:

   (i) 30°16'49" N 87°31'06" W

   (ii) 30°04'35" N 87°31'06" W

   (iii) 30°10'56" N 86°26'53" W

   (iv) 30°03'00" N 86°00'29" W

   (v) 29°33'00" N 85°32'49" W

   (vi) 29°23'21" N 85°02'06" W

   (vii) 29°49'44" N 83°59'02" W

   (viii) 28°54'00" N 83°05'33" W

   (ix) 28°34'41" N 82°53'38" W

   (x) 27°50'39" N 83°04'27" W

   (xi) 26°24'22" N 82°23'22" W

   (xii) 25°41'39" N 81°49'40" W

   (xiii) 24°59'02" N 81°15'04" W

   (xiv) 24°44'23" N 81°57'04" W

   (xv) 24°32'37" N 82°02'01" W

   (b) Service Area Boundary Calculation. The service area boundary of a cell
   site located within the Gulf of Mexico Service Area is calculated pursuant
   to  §22.911(a)(2).  Otherwise, the service area boundary is calculated
   pursuant to §§22.911(a)(1) or 22.911(b).

   (c)  Operation  within  the Gulf of Mexico Exclusive Zone (GMEZ). GMEZ
   licensees have exclusive right to provide service in the GMEZ, and may add,
   modify,  or  remove  facilities anywhere within the GMEZ without prior
   Commission  approval.  There  is no five-year buildout period for GMEZ
   licensees, no requirement to file system information update maps pursuant to
   §22.947, and no unserved area licensing procedure for the GMEZ.

   (d) Operation within the Gulf of Mexico Coastal Zone (GMCZ). The GMCZ is
   subject to the Phase II unserved area licensing procedures set forth in
   §22.949(b).

   [ 67 FR 9610 , Mar. 4, 2002]

§ 22.951   Minimum coverage requirement.

   top

   Applications for authority to operate a new cellular system in an unserved
   area, other than those filed by the licensee of an existing system that
   abuts the unserved area, must propose a contiguous cellular geographical
   service area (CGSA) of at least 130 square kilometers (50 square miles).
   Area within contract SAB extensions counts toward the minimum coverage
   requirement. However, area within de minimis SAB extensions does not count
   toward the minimum coverage requirement. Applications for authority to
   operate a new cellular system in an unserved area, other than those filed by
   the licensee of an existing system that abuts the unserved area, must not
   propose coverage of water areas only (or water areas and uninhabited islands
   or reefs only), except for unserved areas in the Gulf of Mexico MSA.

§ 22.953   Content and form of applications.

   top

   Applications for authority to operate a cellular system in an unserved area
   must comply with the specifications in this section.

   (a) Applications for authority to operate a cellular system in an unserved
   area must include the following information in addition to the requirements
   specified in §§1.919, 1.923 and 1.924. The following exhibits must be set
   off by tabs and numbered as follows:

   (1)  Exhibit  I—full-size map . The scale of the full-size map must be
   1:500,000, regardless of whether any different scale is used for the reduced
   map required in Exhibit II. The map must have a legend, a distance scale and
   correctly labeled latitude and longitude lines. The map must be clear and
   legible. The map must accurately show the cell sites (transmitting antenna
   locations), the entire CGSA, any extension of the composite service area
   boundary beyond the CGSA ( see §22.911) and the relevant portions of the
   cellular market boundary.

   (2) Exhibit II—reduced map . This map must be a proportional reduction, to
   81/2× 11 inches, of the full-size map required for Exhibit I, unless it
   proves to be impractical to depict the entire cellular market by reducing
   the full-size map. In such instance, an 81/2×11 inch map of a different
   scale  may  be substituted, provided that the required features of the
   full-size map are clearly depicted and labeled.

   (3)  Exhibit  III—engineering . This exhibit must contain the data and
   methodology used to calculate the CGSA and service area boundary.

   (4) Exhibit IV—channel plan . This exhibit must show which specific channels
   (or  groups) are to be used at each cell site. Any necessary table for
   converting channel numbers to center frequencies must be provided.

   (5) [Reserved]

   (6) Exhibit VI—service proposal . This exhibit must describe the services
   proposed for subscribers and roamers, including the proposed method for
   handling complaints.

   (7) Exhibit VII—cellular design . This exhibit must show that the proposed
   system  design complies with cellular system design concepts, and must
   describe the method proposed to expand the system in a coordinated fashion
   as necessary to address changing demand for cellular service.

   (8) Exhibit VIII—blocking level . This exhibit must disclose the blocking
   probability  or  other  criteria to be used to determine whether it is
   necessary to take measures to increase system capacity to maintain service
   quality.

   (9) Exhibit IX—start-up expenses . This exhibit must disclose in detail the
   projected cost of construction and other initial expenses of the proposed
   system, and how the applicant intends to meet these expenses and the costs
   of operation for the first year.

   (10) Exhibit X—interconnection arrangements . This exhibit is required for
   applicants that provide public landline message telephone service in any
   portion of the proposed CGSA. This exhibit must describe exactly how the
   proposed  system  would  interconnect  with  the landline network. The
   description must be of sufficient detail to enable a competitor to connect
   with the landline system in exactly the same manner, if the competitor so
   chooses.

   (b)  Existing  systems—major  modifications  .  Licensees making major
   modifications pursuant to §1.929(a) and (b) of this chapter, must file FCC
   Form 601 and need only contain the exhibits required by paragraphs (a)(1)
   through (a)(3) of this section.

   (c)  Existing  systems—minor  modifications  .  Licensees making minor
   modifications  pursuant  to  §1.929(k)  of  this  chapter—in which the
   modification causes a change in the CGSA boundary (including the removal of
   a transmitter or transmitters)—must notify the FCC (using FCC Form 601) and
   include full-sized maps, reduced maps, and supporting engineering exhibits
   as  described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section. If the
   modification involves a contract SAB extension, it must include a statement
   as to whether the five-year build-out for the system on the relevant channel
   block  in the market into which the SAB extends has elapsed, and as to
   whether the SAB extends into any unserved area in that market.

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994, as amended at  59 FR 59954 , Nov. 21, 1994;  63 FR 68951 , Dec. 14, 1998;  64 FR 53241 , Oct. 1, 1999;  70 FR 61059 , Oct. 20, 2005]

§ 22.955   Canadian condition.

   top

   Pursuant  to  an  agreement  between  the  FCC  and  the Department of
   Communications in Canada, authorizations for cellular systems within 72
   kilometers (45 miles) of the U.S.-Canadian border must have the following
   condition attached:

   This authorization is subject to the condition that, in the event that
   cellular  systems  using  the same channel block as granted herein are
   authorized in adjacent territory in Canada, coordination of any of your
   transmitter installations which are within 72 kilometers (45 miles) of the
   U.S.-Canadian border shall be required to eliminate any harmful interference
   that might otherwise exist and to insure continuance of equal access to the
   channel block by both countries.

§ 22.957   Mexican condition.

   top

   Pursuant  to  an  agreement  between the United States and Mexico, FCC
   authorizations for cellular systems within 72 kilometers (45 miles) of the
   United States-Mexican border must have the following condition attached:

   This authorization is subject to the condition that, in the event cellular
   systems using the same frequencies granted herein are authorized in adjacent
   territory in Mexico, coordination of your transmitter installations which
   are within 72 kilometers (45 miles) of the United States-Mexico border shall
   be required to eliminate any harmful interference that might otherwise exist
   and  to  ensure continuance of equal access to the frequencies by both
   countries. The operator of this system shall not contract with customers in
   Mexico, and further, users of the system must be advised that operation of a
   mobile unit in Mexico is not permitted at this time without the express
   permission of the Mexican government. The above conditions are subject to
   modification pending further notice from the FCC.

§ 22.959   Rules governing processing of applications for initial systems.

   top

   Pending applications for authority to operate the first cellular system on a
   channel block in an MSA or RSA market continue to be processed under the
   rules governing the processing of such applications that were in effect when
   those applications were filed, unless the Commission determines otherwise in
   a particular case.

§ 22.960   Cellular unserved area radiotelephone licenses subject to
competitive bidding.

   top

   Mutually exclusive initial applications for cellular unserved area Phase I
   and Phase II licenses filed after July 26, 1993 are subject to competitive
   bidding. The general competitive bidding procedures set forth in part 1,
   subpart Q of this chapter will apply unless otherwise provided in this
   subpart.

   [ 67 FR 45367 , July 9, 2002]

§§ 22.961-22.967   [Reserved]

   top

§ 22.969   Cellular RSA licenses subject to competitive bidding.

   top

   Mutually exclusive applications for initial authorization for the following
   Cellular Rural Service Areas filed after the effective date of this rule are
   subject to competitive bidding procedures as prescribed by Sections 22.228
   and  22.229:  332A—Polk,  AR;  582A—Barnes, ND; 672A—Chambers, TX; and
   727A—Ceiba, PR.

   [ 67 FR 11434 , Mar. 14, 2002]

§ 22.970   Unacceptable interference to part 90 non-cellular 800 MHz licensees
from cellular radiotelephone or part 90–800 MHz cellular systems.

   top

   (a)  Definition.  Except as provided in 47 CFR 90.617(k), unacceptable
   interference to non-cellular part 90 licensees in the 800 MHz band from
   cellular radiotelephone or part 90–800 MHz cellular systems will be deemed
   to occur when the below conditions are met:

   (1) A transceiver at a site at which interference is encountered:

   (i) Is in good repair and operating condition, and is receiving:

   (A) A median desired signal of −104 dBm or higher, as measured at the R.F.
   input of the receiver of a mobile unit; or

   (B) A median desired signal of −101 dBm or higher, as measured at the R.F.
   input of the receiver of a portable i.e. hand-held unit; and, either

   (ii) Is a voice transceiver:

   (A) With manufacturer published performance specifications for the receiver
   section of the transceiver equal to, or exceeding, the minimum standards set
   out in paragraph (b) of this section, below; and;

   (B)  Receiving an undesired signal or signals which cause the measured
   Carrier to Noise plus interference (C/(I+N)) ratio of the receiver section
   of said transceiver to be less than 20 dB, or,

   (iii) Is a non-voice transceiver receiving an undesired signal or signals
   which  cause  the  measured  bit  error rate (BER) (or some comparable
   specification) of the receiver section of said transceiver to be more than
   the value reasonably designated by the manufacturer.

   (2)  Provided,  however, that if the receiver section of the mobile or
   portable voice transceiver does not conform to the standards set out in
   paragraph (b) of this section, then that transceiver shall be deemed subject
   to unacceptable interference only at sites where the median desired signal
   satisfies  the applicable threshold measured signal power in paragraph
   (a)(1)(i) of this section after an upward adjustment to account for the
   difference in receiver section performance. The upward adjustment shall be
   equal to the increase in the desired signal required to restore the receiver
   section of the subject transceiver to the 20 dB C/(I+N) ratio of paragraph
   (a)(1)(ii)(B) of this section. The adjusted threshold levels shall then
   define the minimum measured signal power(s) in lieu of paragraphs (a)(1)(i)
   of this section at which the licensee using such non-compliant transceiver
   is entitled to interference protection.

   (b) Minimum receiver requirements . Voice transceivers capable of operating
   in the 806–824 MHz portion of the 800 MHz band shall have the following
   minimum performance specifications in order for the system in which such
   transceivers  are used to claim entitlement to full protection against
   unacceptable interference (See paragraph (a) (2) of this section).

   (1) Voice units intended for mobile use: 75 dB intermodulation rejection
   ratio;  75  dB  adjacent  channel  rejection ratio; −116 dBm reference
   sensitivity.

   (2) Voice units intended for portable use: 70 dB intermodulation rejection
   ratio;  70  dB  adjacent  channel  rejection ratio; −116 dBm reference
   sensitivity.

   [ 69 FR 67834 , Nov. 22, 2004, as amended at  70 FR 76707 , Dec. 28, 2005]

§ 22.971   Obligation to abate unacceptable interference.

   top

   (a) Strict Responsibility. Any licensee who, knowingly or unknowingly,
   directly  or indirectly, causes or contributes to causing unacceptable
   interference to a non-cellular part 90 of this chapter licensee in the 800
   MHz band, as defined in §22.970, shall be strictly accountable to abate the
   interference, with full cooperation and utmost diligence, in the shortest
   time  practicable.  Interfering  licensees shall consider all feasible
   interference abatement measures, including, but not limited to, the remedies
   specified in the interference resolution procedures set forth in §22.972(c).
   This strict responsibility obligation applies to all forms of interference,
   including out-of-band emissions and intermodulation.

   (b) Joint and several responsibility . If two or more licensees knowingly or
   unknowingly,  directly  or  indirectly, cause or contribute to causing
   unacceptable interference to a non-cellular part 90 of this chapter licensee
   in the 800 MHz band, as defined in §22.970, such licensees shall be jointly
   and severally responsible for abating interference, with full cooperation
   and utmost diligence, in the shortest practicable time.

   (1)  This  joint  and several responsibility rule requires interfering
   licensees  to  consider  all feasible interference abatement measures,
   including, but not limited to, the remedies specified in the interference
   resolution  procedures set forth in §22.972(c). This joint and several
   responsibility  rule  applies  to all forms of interference, including
   out-of-band emissions and intermodulation.

   (2)  Any  licensee  that can show that its signal does not directly or
   indirectly, cause or contribute to causing unacceptable interference to a
   non-cellular  part 90 of this chapter licensee in the 800 MHz band, as
   defined  in  this chapter, shall not be held responsible for resolving
   unacceptable interference. Notwithstanding, any licensee that receives an
   interference complaint from a public safety/CII licensee shall respond to
   such complaint consistent with the interference resolution procedures set
   forth in this chapter.

   [ 69 FR 67834 , Nov. 22, 2004, as amended at  70 FR 76707 , Dec. 28, 2005]

§ 22.972   Interference resolution procedures.

   top

   (a) Initial notification . (1) Cellular Radiotelephone licensees may receive
   initial notification of interference from non-cellular part 90 of this
   chapter  licensees  in the 800 MHz band pursuant to §90.674(a) of this
   chapter.

   (2) Cellular Radiotelephone licensees, in conjunction with part 90 ESMR
   licensees, shall establish an electronic means of receiving the initial
   notification described in §90.674(a) of this chapter. The electronic system
   must be designed so that all appropriate Cellular Radiotelephone licensees
   and part 90 ESMR licensees can be contacted about the interference incident
   with a single notification. The electronic system for receipt of initial
   notification of interference complaints must be operating no later than
   February 22, 2005.

   (3)  Cellular  Radiotelephone  licensees  must  respond to the initial
   notification described in §90.674(a) of this chapter, as soon as possible
   and no later than 24 hours after receipt of notification from a part 90
   public safety/CII licensee. This response time may be extended to 48 hours
   after receipt from other part 90 non-cellular licensees provided affected
   communications on these systems are not safety related.

   (b) Interference analysis. Cellular Radiotelephone licensees—who receive an
   initial notification described in §90.674(a) of this chapter—shall perform a
   timely  analysis  of the interference to identify the possible source.
   Immediate on-site visits may be conducted when necessary to complete timely
   analysis. Interference analysis must be completed and corrective action
   initiated within 48 hours of the initial complaint from a part 90 of this
   chapter public safety/CII licensee. This response time may be extended to 96
   hours  after  the initial complaint from other part 90 of this chapter
   non-cellular licensees provided affected communications on these systems are
   not  safety  related. Corrective action may be delayed if the affected
   licensee  agrees  in writing (which may be, but is not required to be,
   recorded via e-mail or other electronic means) to a longer period.

   (c) Mitigation steps. (1) All Cellular Radiotelephone and part 90 of this
   chapter—800 MHz cellular system licensees who are responsible for causing
   unacceptable interference shall take all affirmative measures to resolve
   such interference. Cellular Radiotelephone licensees found to contribute to
   unacceptable  interference,  as defined in §22.970, shall resolve such
   interference in the shortest time practicable. Cellular Radiotelephone
   licensees and part 90 of this chapter—800 MHz cellular system licensees must
   provide all necessary test apparatus and technical personnel skilled in the
   operation  of such equipment as may be necessary to determine the most
   appropriate means of timely eliminating the interference. However, the means
   whereby interference is abated or the cell parameters that may need to be
   adjusted is left to the discretion of the Cellular Radiotelephone and/or
   part 90 of this chapter—800 MHz cellular system licensees, whose affirmative
   measures may include, but not be limited to, the following techniques:

   (i) Increasing the desired power of the public safety/CII signal;

   (ii) Decreasing the power of the part 90 ESMR and/or Cellular Radiotelephone
   system signal;

   (iii) Modifying the part 90 ESMR and/or Cellular Radiotelephone system
   antenna height;

   (iv)  Modifying the part 90 ESMR and/or Cellular Radiotelephone system
   antenna characteristics;

   (v) Incorporating filters into part 90 ESMR and/or Cellular Radiotelephone
   transmission equipment;

   (vi)  Permanently changing part 90 ESMR and/or Cellular Radiotelephone
   frequencies; and

   (vii) Supplying interference-resistant receivers to the affected public
   safety/CII licensee(s). If this technique is used, in all circumstances,
   Cellular Radiotelephone and/or part 90 of this chapter ESMR licensees shall
   be responsible for all costs thereof.

   (2) Whenever short-term interference abatement measures prove inadequate,
   the affected part 90 of this chapter non-cellular licensee shall, consistent
   with  but  not  compromising safety, make all necessary concessions to
   accepting interference until a longer-term remedy can be implemented.

   (3) Discontinuing operations when clear imminent danger exists. When a part
   90 of this chapter public safety licensee determines that a continuing
   presence of interference constitutes a clear and imminent danger to life or
   property,  the  licensee causing the interference must discontinue the
   associated operation immediately, until a remedy can be identified and
   applied.  The  determination  that  a  continuing presence exists that
   constitutes a clear and imminent danger to life or property, must be made by
   written statement that:

   (i) Is in the form of a declaration, notarized affidavit, or statement under
   penalty or perjury, from an officer or executive of the affected public
   safety licensee;

   (ii) Thoroughly describes the basis of the claim of clear and imminent
   danger;

   (iii) Was formulated on the basis of either personal knowledge or belief
   after due diligence;

   (iv) Is not proffered by a contractor or other third party; and

   (v)  Has  been approved by the Chief of the Public Safety and Homeland
   Security  Bureau or other designated Commission official. Prior to the
   authorized official making a determination that a clear and imminent danger
   exists, the associated written statement must be served by hand-delivery or
   receipted fax on the applicable offending licensee, with a copy transmitted
   by  the  fastest  available  means to the Washington, DC office of the
   Commission's Public Safety and Homeland Security Bureau.

   [ 69 FR 67834 , Nov. 22, 2004, as amended at  70 FR 76707 , Dec. 28, 2005;  71 FR 69038 , Nov. 29, 2006]

§ 22.973   Information exchange.

   top

   (a) Prior notification. Public safety/CII licensees may notify a part 90
   ESMR or cellular radiotelephone licensee that they wish to receive prior
   notification of the activation or modification of part 90 ESMR or cellular
   radiotelephone cell sites in their area. Thereafter, the part 90 ESMR or
   cellular radiotelephone licensee must provide the following information to
   the public safety/CII licensee at least 10 business days before a new cell
   site is activated or an existing cell site is modified:

   (1) Location;

   (2) Effective radiated power;

   (3) Antenna height;

   (4) Channels available for use.

   (b) Purpose of prior notification. The prior coordination of cell sites is
   for  informational  purposes only. Public safety/CII licensees are not
   afforded the right to accept or reject the activation of a proposed cell or
   to unilaterally require changes in its operating parameters. The principal
   purposes of notification are to:

   (1) Allow a public safety licensee to advise the part 90 of this chapter
   ESMR or Cellular Radiotelephone licensee whether it believes a proposed cell
   will generate unacceptable interference;

   (2) Permit Cellular Radiotelephone or part 90 of this chapter ESMR licensees
   to make voluntary changes in cell parameters when a public safety licensee
   alerts them to possible interference; and

   (3) Rapidly identify the source if interference is encountered when the cell
   is activated.

   [ 69 FR 67834 , Nov. 22, 2004]

Subpart I—Offshore Radiotelephone Service

   top

§ 22.1001   Scope.

   top

   The rules in this subpart govern the licensing and operation of offshore
   radiotelephone stations. The licensing and operation of these stations and
   systems is also subject to rules elsewhere in this part that apply generally
   to the public mobile services. However, in case of conflict, the rules in
   this subpart govern.

§ 22.1003   Eligibility.

   top

   Any eligible entity (see §22.7) may apply for central station license(s)
   and/or offshore subscriber licenses under this subpart.

   [ 70 FR 19312 , Apr. 13, 2005]

§ 22.1005   Priority of service.

   top

   Facilities in the Offshore Radiotelephone Service are intended primarily for
   rendition of public message service between offshore subscriber and central
   stations. However, they may also be used to render private leased line
   communication service, provided that such usage does not reduce or impair
   the extent or quality of communication service which would be available, in
   the absence of private leased line service, to the general public receiving
   or subsequently requesting public message service from an offshore central
   station.

§ 22.1007   Channels for offshore radiotelephone systems.

   top

   The channels listed in this section are allocated for paired assignment to
   transmitters  located in the specified geographical zones that provide
   offshore radiotelephone service. All channels have a bandwidth of 20 kHz and
   are designated by their center frequencies in MegaHertz.

   (a) Zone A—Southern Louisiana. The geographical area in Zone A is bounded as
   follows:

   From longitude W.87°45' on the East to longitude W.94°00' on the West and
   from the 4.8 kilometer (3 mile) limit along the Gulf of Mexico shoreline on
   the North to the limit of the Outer Continental Shelf on the South.

   (1) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile) as indicated, for voice-grade general communications:
   Central Subscriber Central Subscriber
   488.025 491.025    488.225 491.225
   488.050 491.050    488.250 491.250
   488.075 491.075    488.275 491.275
   488.100 491.100    488.300 491.300
   488.125 491.125    488.325 491.325
   488.150 491.150    488.350 491.350
   488.175 491.175    488.375 491.375
   488.200 491.200    488.400 491.400

   (2) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile) as indicated, for voice-grade general communications and private
   line service:
   Central Subscriber Central Subscriber
   488.425 491.425    488.575 491.575
   488.450 491.450    488.600 491.600
   488.475 491.475    488.625 491.625
   488.500 491.500    488.650 491.650
   488.525 491.525    488.675 491.675
   488.550 491.550    488.700 491.700

   (3) These channels may be assigned for use by relay stations in systems
   where it would be impractical to provide offshore radiotelephone service
   without the use of relay stations.
   Central Subscriber Central Subscriber
   488.725 491.725    488.775 491.775
   488.750 491.750    488.800 491.800

   (4) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile) as indicated, for emergency communications involving protection of
   life and property.
   Central Subscriber Central Subscriber
   488.825 491.825    488.875 491.875
   488.850 491.850    488.900 491.900

   (5) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile)  as indicated, for emergency auto alarm and voice transmission
   pertaining to emergency conditions only.
      Central Subscriber
      488.950 491.950   

   (6) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile) as indicated, for emergency shut-off remote control telemetry,
   environmental   data  acquisition  and  disseminations,  or  facsimile
   transmissions.
   Central Subscriber Central Subscriber
   489.000 492.000    489.200 492.200
   489.025 492.025    489.225 492.225
   489.050 492.050    489.250 492.250
   489.075 492.075    489.275 492.275
   489.100 492.100    489.300 492.300
   489.125 492.125    489.325 492.325
   489.150 492.150    489.350 492.350
   489.175 492.175    489.375 492.375

   (7) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile) as indicated, for private line service:
   Central Subscriber Central Subscriber
   489.400 492.400    489.725 492.725
   489.425 492.425    489.750 492.750
   489.450 492.450    489.775 492.775
   489.475 492.475    489.800 492.800
   489.500 492.500    489.825 492.825
   489.525 492.525    489.850 492.850
   489.550 492.550    489.875 492.875
   489.575 492.575    489.900 492.900
   489.600 492.600    489.925 492.925
   489.625 492.625    489.950 492.950
   489.650 492.650    489.975 492.975
   489.675 492.675    490.000 493.000
   489.700 492.700           

   (8) Interstitial channels. Interstitial channels are those with center
   frequencies offset by ±12.5 kHz from the listed center frequencies. The FCC
   may assign interstitial channels to offshore stations in Zone A subject to
   the following conditions:

   (i) Offshore stations transmitting on interstitial channels must be located
   east of W.92° longitude.

   (ii) Operations on interstitial channels are considered to be secondary to
   operations on channels with the listed center frequencies.

   (iii) Offshore stations operating on interstitial channels must be used only
   for  voice grade general communications or to provide for private line
   service.

   Note to paragraph(a)of §22.1007: These channels are contained in UHF TV
   Channel 17.

   (b) Zone B—Southern Louisiana—Texas. (1) The geographical area in Zone B is
   bounded as follows:

   From longitude W.87°45' on the East to longitude W.95°00' on the West and
   from the 4.8 kilometer (3 mile) limit along the Gulf of Mexico shoreline on
   the North to the limit of the Outer Continental Shelf on the South.

   (2) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile) as indicated, for voice-grade general communications and private
   line service:
   Central Subscriber Central Subscriber
   485.025 482.025    486.025 483.025
   485.050 482.050    486.050 483.050
   485.075 482.075    486.075 483.075
   485.100 482.100    486.100 483.100
   485.125 482.125    486.125 483.125
   485.150 482.150    485.150 483.150
   485.175 482.175    486.175 483.175
   485.200 482.200    486.200 483.200
   485.225 482.225    486.225 483.225
   485.250 482.250    486.250 483.250
   485.275 482.275    486.275 483.275
   485.300 482.300    486.300 483.300
   485.325 482.325    486.325 483.325
   485.350 482.350    486.350 483.350
   485.375 482.375    486.375 483.375
   485.400 482.400    486.400 483.400
   485.425 482.425    486.425 483.425
   485.450 482.450    486.450 483.450
   485.475 482.475    486.475 483.475
   485.500 482.500    486.500 483.500
   485.525 482.525    486.525 483.525
   485.550 482.550    484.550 483.550
   485.575 482.575    486.575 483.575
   485.600 482.600    486.600 483.600
   485.625 482.625    486.625 483.625
   485.650 482.650    486.650 483.650
   485.675 482.675    486.675 483.675
   485.700 482.700    486.700 483.700
   485.725 482.725    486.725 483.725
   485.750 482.750    486.750 483.750
   485.775 482.775    486.775 483.775
   485.800 482.800    486.800 483.800
   485.825 482.825    486.825 483.825
   485.850 482.850    486.850 483.850
   485.875 482.875    486.875 483.875
   485.900 482.900    486.900 483.900
   485.925 482.925    486.925 483.925
   485.950 482.950    486.950 483.950
   485.975 482.975    486.975 483.975
   486.000 483.000    487.050 480.050

   Note to paragraph(b)of §22.1007: These channels are contained in UHF TV
   Channel 16.

   (c) Zone C—Southern Texas. The geographical area in Zone C is bounded as
   follows:

   Longitude W.94°00' on the East, the 4.8 kilometer (3 mile) limit on the
   North and West, a 282 kilometer (175 mile) radius from the reference point
   at Linares, N.L., Mexico on the Southwest, latitude N.26°00' on the South,
   and the limits of the outer continental shelf on the Southeast.

   (1) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile)  as indicated, for emergency auto alarm and voice transmission
   pertaining to emergency conditions only.
      Central Subscriber
      476.950 479.950   

   (2) These channels may be assigned for use by offshore central (base/fixed)
   or subscriber stations (fixed, temporary fixed, surface and/or airborne
   mobile) as indicated, for voice-grade general communications and private
   line service:
   476.025 479.025
   476.050 479.050
   476.075 479.075
   476.100 479.100
   476.125 479.125
   476.150 479.150
   476.175 479.175
   476.200 479.200
   476.225 479.225
   476.250 479.250
   476.275 479.275
   476.300 479.300
   476.325 479.325
   476.350 479.350
   476.375 479.375
   476.400 479.400
   476.425 479.425
   476.450 479.450
   476.475 479.475
   476.500 479.500
   476.525 479.525
   476.550 479.550
   476.575 479.575
   476.600 479.600
   476.625 479.625
   476.650 479.650
   476.675 479.675
   476.700 479.700
   476.725 479.725
   476.750 479.750
   476.775 479.775
   476.800 479.800
   476.825 479.825
   476.850 479.850
   476.875 479.875
   476.900 479.900
   477.000 480.000
   477.025 480.025
   477.075 480.075
   477.100 480.100
   477.125 480.125
   477.150 480.150
   477.175 480.175
   477.200 480.200
   477.225 480.225
   477.250 480.250
   477.275 480.275
   477.300 480.300
   477.325 480.325
   477.350 480.350
   477.375 480.375
   477.400 480.400
   477.425 480.425
   477.450 480.450
   477.475 480.475
   477.500 480.500
   477.525 480.525
   477.550 480.550
   477.575 480.575
   477.600 480.600
   477.625 480.625
   477.650 480.650
   477.675 480.675
   477.700 480.700
   477.725 480.725
   477.750 480.750
   477.775 480.775
   477.800 480.800
   477.825 480.825
   477.850 480.850
   477.875 480.875
   477.900 480.900
   477.925 480.925
   477.950 480.950
   477.975 480.975

   [ 59 FR 59507 , Nov. 17, 1994;  60 FR 9891 , Feb. 22, 1995]

§ 22.1009   Transmitter locations.

   top

   The rules in this section establish limitations on the locations from which
   stations in the Offshore Radiotelephone Service may transmit.

   (a) All stations. Offshore stations must not transmit from locations outside
   the boundaries of the appropriate zones specified in §22.1007. Offshore
   stations must not transmit from locations within 241 kilometers (150 miles)
   of any full-service television station that transmits on the TV channel
   containing the channel on which the offshore station transmits.

   (b) Airborne subscriber stations. Airborne subscriber stations must not
   transmit from altitudes exceeding 305 meters (1000 feet) above mean sea
   level. Airborne mobile stations in Zone A must not transmit from locations
   within 129 kilometers (80 miles) of Lake Charles, Louisiana. Airborne mobile
   stations in Zone B must not transmit from locations within 129 kilometers
   (80 miles) of Lafayette, Louisiana. Airborne mobile stations in Zone C must
   not transmit from locations within 129 kilometers (80 miles) of Corpus
   Christi or locations within 129 kilometers (80 miles) of Houston, Texas.

§ 22.1011   Antenna height limitations.

   top

   The antenna height of offshore stations must not exceed 61 meters (200 feet)
   above mean sea level. The antenna height of offshore surface mobile stations
   must not exceed 10 meters (30 feet) above the waterline.

§ 22.1013   Effective radiated power limitations.

   top

   The  effective  radiated  power  (ERP) of transmitters in the Offshore
   Radiotelephone Service must not exceed the limits in this section.

   (a) Maximum power. The ERP of transmitters in this service must not exceed
   1000 Watts under any circumstances.

   (b) Mobile transmitters. The ERP of mobile transmitters must not exceed 100
   Watts. The ERP of mobile transmitters, when located within 32 kilometers (20
   miles) of the 4.8 kilometer (3 mile) limit, must not exceed 25 Watts. The
   ERP of airborne mobile stations must not exceed 1 Watt.

   (c) Protection for TV Reception. The ERP limitations in this paragraph are
   intended to reduce the likelihood that interference to television reception
   from offshore radiotelephone operations will occur.

   (1) Co-channel protection. The ERP of offshore stations must not exceed the
   limits in Table I–1 of this section. The limits depend upon the height above
   mean sea level of the offshore transmitting antenna and the distance between
   the antenna location of the offshore transmitter and the antenna location of
   the main transmitter of the nearest full-service television station that
   transmits on the TV channel containing the channel on which the offshore
   station transmits.

   (2) Adjacent channel protection. The ERP of offshore stations located within
   128.8  kilometers (80 miles) of the main transmitter antenna of a full
   service TV station that transmits on a TV channel adjacent to the TV channel
   which contains the channel on which the offshore station transmits must not
   exceed the limits in the Table I–2 of §22.1015. The limits depend upon the
   height above mean sea level of the offshore transmitting antenna and the
   distance  between the location of the offshore transmitter and the 4.8
   kilometer (3 mile) limit.

   Table I–1—Maximum ERP (Watts)
    Distance     30 meters (100 feet) 45 meters (150 feet) 61 meters (200 feet)
 338 km (210 mi)                 1000                 1000                 1000
 330 km (205 mi)                 1000                  900                  800
 2 km (200 mi)                    800                  710                  630
 314 km (195 mi)                  590                  520                  450
 306 km (190 mi)                  450                  400                  330
 298 km (185 mi)                  320                  280                  240
 290 km (180 mi)                  250                  210                  175
 282 km (175 mi)                  180                  150                  130
 274 km (170 mi)                  175                  110                  100
 266 km (165 mi)                   95                   80                   70
 258 km (160 mi)                   65                   55                   50
 249 km (155 mi)                   50                   40                   35
 241 km (150 mi)                   35                   30                   25

§ 22.1015   Repeater operation.

   top

   Offshore central stations may be used as repeater stations provided that the
   licensee is able to maintain control of the station, and in particular, to
   turn  the transmitter off, regardless of whether associated subscriber
   stations are transmitting at the time.

   Table I–2—Maximum ERP (Watts)
   Distance from the 4.8 km (3 mi) limit 30 meters (100 feet) 61 meters (200
   feet)
   6.4 km (4 mi) 25 6
   8.0 km (5 mi) 40 10
   9.7 km (6 mi) 65 15
   11.3 km (7 mi) 100 25
   12.9 km (8 mi) 150 35
   14.5 km (9 mi) 215 50
   16.1 km (10 mi) 295 70
   17.7 km (11 mi) 400 100
   19.3 km (12 mi) 530 130
   20.9 km (13 mi) 685 170
   22.5 km (14 mi) 870 215
   24.1 km (15 mi) 1000 270
   25.7 km (16 mi) 1000 415
   27.4 km (17 mi) 1000 505
   29.0 km (18 mi) 1000 610
   30.6 km (19 mi) 1000 730
   32.2 km (20 mi) 1000 865
   33.8 km (21 mi) 1000 1000

§ 22.1025   Permissible communications.

   top

   Offshore central stations must communicate only with subscriber stations
   (fixed, temporary-fixed, mobile and airborne). Offshore subscriber stations
   must normally communicate only with and through offshore central stations.
   Stations in the Offshore Radiotelephone Service may communicate through
   relay stations authorized in this service.

§ 22.1031   Temporary fixed stations.

   top

   The FCC may, upon proper application therefor, authorize the construction
   and operation of temporary fixed stations in the Offshore Radiotelephone
   service to be used only when the service of permanent fixed stations is
   disrupted by storms or emergencies or is otherwise unavailable.

   (a) Six month limitation. If it is necessary for a temporary fixed station
   to remain at the same location for more than six months, the licensee of
   that station must apply for authorization to operate the station at the
   specific location at least 30 days before the end of the six month period.

   (b) International communications. Communications between the United States
   and Mexico must not be carried using a temporary fixed station without prior
   authorization from the FCC. Licensees desiring to carry such communications
   should apply sufficiently in advance to allow for the time necessary to
   coordinate with Canada or Mexico.

§ 22.1035   Construction period.

   top

   The construction period (see §22.142) for offshore stations is 18 months.

§ 22.1037   Application requirements for offshore stations.

   top

   Applications for new Offshore Radiotelephone Service stations must contain
   an exhibit showing that:

   (a) The applicant has notified all licensees of offshore stations located
   within 321.8 kilometers (200 miles) of the proposed offshore station, by
   providing  the  following  data,  at  least  30 days before filing the
   application:

   (1) The name, business address, channel coordinator, and telephone number of
   the applicant;

   (2) The location and geographical coordinates of the proposed station;

   (3) The channel and type of emission;

   (4) The height and type of antenna;

   (5) The bearing of the main lobe of the antenna; and,

   (6) The effective radiated power.

   (b) The proposed station will not interfere with the primary ORS channels by
   compliance with the following separations:

   (1) Co-channel to a distance of 241.4 kilometers (150 miles).

   (2) If interstitial channels are used, adjacent channels (±12.5 kHz) to a
   distance of 80.5 kilometers (50 miles).

   (3) Third order intermodulation channels (±12.5 kHz) to a distance of 32.2
   kilometers (20 miles).

   (4) If the proposed transmitting antenna site is located west of longitude
   W.93°40',  and within 32.2 kilometers (20 miles) of the shoreline, and
   proposed  use  of  the  channels listed in §22.1007(b), no third-order
   intermodulation interference would be caused to any base or mobile station
   using the channels between 488 and 494 MHz.
   Browse Previous | Browse Next
             _________________________________________________

  For questions or comments regarding e-CFR editorial content, features, or
                        design, email ecfr@nara.gov.
   For questions concerning e-CFR programming and delivery issues, email
                              webteam@gpo.gov.
                        Section 508 / Accessibility
   August 1, 2007 -->


Goto Section: 47cfr80.pdf.21 | 47cfr80.pdf.23

Goto Year: 2006 | 2008
CiteFind - See documents on FCC website that cite this rule

Want to support this service?
Thanks!

Report errors in this rule. Since these rules are converted to HTML by machine, it's possible errors have been made. Please help us improve these rules by clicking the Report FCC Rule Errors link to report an error.
hallikainen.com
Helping make public information public